1 #LyX 2.0.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
48 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
49 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
51 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
53 \options intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading
54 \use_default_options false
55 \maintain_unincluded_children false
61 \font_typewriter default
62 \font_default_family default
63 \use_non_tex_fonts false
70 \default_output_format default
72 \bibtex_command default
73 \index_command default
77 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
78 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
82 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
83 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
84 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
89 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
90 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false"
100 \paperorientation portrait
103 \notefontcolor #0000ff
120 \paragraph_separation indent
121 \paragraph_indentation default
122 \quotes_language english
125 \paperpagestyle default
126 \tracking_changes false
127 \output_changes false
143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
145 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
147 \begin_inset CommandInset href
149 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
160 \begin_inset Newline newline
164 \begin_inset Newline newline
168 \begin_inset Note Note
171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
172 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
173 \begin_inset Newline newline
178 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
186 \begin_layout Standard
187 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
188 LatexCommand tableofcontents
195 \begin_layout Chapter
199 \begin_layout Section
203 \begin_layout Standard
204 LyX is a document preparation system.
205 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
206 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
207 It is unlike most other
208 \begin_inset Quotes eld
212 \begin_inset Quotes erd
215 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
217 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
218 \begin_inset Quotes eld
222 \begin_inset Quotes erd
226 \begin_inset Quotes eld
230 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
233 pt type, left justified, 5
234 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
238 \begin_inset Quotes erd
242 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
246 \begin_layout Standard
247 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
254 \begin_inset Quotes erd
260 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
264 \begin_layout Standard
266 \begin_inset Quotes eld
274 \begin_inset Quotes erd
277 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
278 the format of all of the manuals.
279 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
280 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
283 \begin_inset Quotes eld
291 \begin_inset Quotes erd
297 \begin_layout Section
301 \begin_layout Standard
302 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
304 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
305 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
309 \begin_layout Standard
310 Note that there is no horizontal scrollbar.
311 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
312 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
314 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
315 only a vertical scrollbar.
316 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
317 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
318 This, however, is due
319 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
320 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
321 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
322 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
324 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
325 this doesn't work for equations yet.
328 \begin_layout Standard
329 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
335 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
337 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
342 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
343 ing sections of this documentation.
346 \begin_layout Section
350 \begin_layout Standard
351 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
356 of the manuals from inside LyX.
357 Just select the manual you want read from the
364 \begin_layout Section
366 \begin_inset CommandInset label
368 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
375 \begin_layout Standard
376 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
377 without resorting to configuration files.
378 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
379 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
380 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
385 \begin_inset Index idx
388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
395 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
396 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
397 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
401 \begin_inset space \space{}
404 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
405 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
407 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
411 \begin_inset Index idx
414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
415 Reconfiguration of LyX
420 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
423 \begin_layout Section
425 \begin_inset CommandInset label
427 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
434 \begin_layout Standard
435 You can edit documents in LyX without having LaTeX installed, but you will
436 not to able to create PDFs or print your documents unless you do have it
438 However, some LyX documents use DocBook as the `backend' that can produce
439 PDFs and the like, and every LyX document can always be output as plain
443 \begin_layout Standard
444 Some document classes may depend upon specific LaTeX or DocBook classes
446 Such document classes can be used even if you do not have the required
447 files installed, but you will not be able to produce certain kinds of output.
450 \begin_layout Standard
451 The LaTeX packages that LyX has found on your system are listed in a file
452 you can view from the menu
454 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
473 If you are missing packages you need, then you must install them and then
474 reconfigure LyX (menu
476 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
480 \begin_inset Note Note
483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
484 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
485 \begin_inset Quotes eld
489 \begin_inset Quotes erd
492 from being printed with sub- and superscript letters.
493 More about TeX Code is described in section
498 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
500 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
504 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
509 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
511 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
521 \begin_inset Index idx
524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
525 Reconfiguration of LyX
530 See section 5.1 of the
534 manual for more information on installing additional LaTeX packages.
537 \begin_layout Chapter
541 \begin_layout Section
542 Basic File Operations
543 \begin_inset Index idx
546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
555 \begin_layout Standard
560 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
561 in addition to some more advanced operations:
564 \begin_layout Itemize
568 \begin_inset Graphics
569 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
571 groupId toolbarbuttons
578 \begin_layout Itemize
596 \begin_layout Itemize
602 \begin_inset Graphics
603 filename ../images/file-open.png
605 groupId toolbarbuttons
612 \begin_layout Itemize
618 \begin_layout Itemize
624 \begin_inset Graphics
625 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
627 groupId toolbarbuttons
634 \begin_layout Itemize
644 \begin_layout Itemize
658 \begin_layout Itemize
668 \begin_layout Itemize
674 \begin_layout Itemize
680 \begin_layout Itemize
686 \begin_inset Graphics
687 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
689 groupId toolbarbuttons
696 \begin_layout Itemize
702 \begin_layout Standard
703 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
704 a few minor differences.
707 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
722 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
723 you for a template to use.
724 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
725 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
726 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
732 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
734 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
741 \begin_layout Standard
742 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
751 \begin_inset Quotes eld
755 \begin_inset Quotes erd
759 \begin_inset Quotes eld
763 \begin_inset Quotes erd
767 \begin_inset Quotes eld
771 \begin_inset Quotes erd
774 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
775 space is just that — a big, blank space.
783 \begin_layout Standard
804 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
809 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
834 will reload the document from disk.
835 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
836 and want to restore it to the last save.
845 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
846 can identify them as your changes.
849 \begin_layout Section
850 Basic Editing Features
851 \begin_inset Index idx
854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
861 \begin_inset CommandInset label
863 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
870 \begin_layout Standard
871 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
872 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
873 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
874 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
876 We'll start with cut and paste.
879 \begin_layout Standard
880 As you might expect, the
884 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
885 various other editing features.
886 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
890 \begin_layout Itemize
896 \begin_inset Graphics
897 filename ../images/cut.png
899 groupId toolbarbuttons
906 \begin_layout Itemize
912 \begin_inset Graphics
913 filename ../images/copy.png
915 groupId toolbarbuttons
922 \begin_layout Itemize
928 \begin_inset Graphics
929 filename ../images/paste.png
931 groupId toolbarbuttons
938 \begin_layout Itemize
948 \begin_layout Itemize
958 \begin_layout Itemize
972 \begin_inset Graphics
973 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
975 groupId toolbarbuttons
982 \begin_layout Standard
983 The first three are self-explanatory.
984 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
985 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
994 keys also function as the
999 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
1000 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
1001 You'll have to do an
1005 to get back the lost text.
1008 \begin_layout Standard
1009 \begin_inset Index idx
1012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1018 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
1022 \begin_inset space ~
1027 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
1030 \begin_layout Standard
1033 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1035 \begin_inset space ~
1038 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1040 \begin_inset space ~
1044 \begin_inset space ~
1049 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1055 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1059 \begin_inset space ~
1064 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1065 will start a new paragraph.
1068 \begin_layout Standard
1069 \begin_inset Index idx
1072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1079 \begin_inset Index idx
1082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1090 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1092 \begin_inset space ~
1096 \begin_inset space ~
1104 \begin_inset space ~
1108 \begin_inset space ~
1114 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1119 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1122 \begin_inset space ~
1131 \begin_inset space ~
1136 button to skip the current word.
1140 \begin_inset space ~
1145 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1149 \begin_inset space ~
1154 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1156 If the toggle is set, searching for
1157 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1165 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1168 will not match the word
1169 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1177 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1183 Match whole words only
1185 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, e.
1186 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1190 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1198 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1202 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1210 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1214 LyX offers also an advanced
1217 \begin_inset space ~
1221 \begin_inset space ~
1226 feature that is described in sec.
1227 \begin_inset space ~
1231 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1233 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
1240 \begin_layout Standard
1241 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1242 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1244 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1249 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1256 \begin_layout Section
1258 \begin_inset Index idx
1261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1268 \begin_inset Index idx
1271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1278 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1280 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1287 \begin_layout Standard
1288 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1289 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1292 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1295 or the toolbar button
1296 \begin_inset Graphics
1297 filename ../images/undo.png
1299 groupId toolbarbuttons
1303 to undo some mistake.
1304 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1306 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1309 or the toolbar button
1310 \begin_inset Graphics
1311 filename ../images/redo.png
1313 groupId toolbarbuttons
1318 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1322 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1325 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1326 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1329 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1332 \begin_layout Standard
1333 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1335 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1339 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1342 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1343 This is a consequence of the 100
1344 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1347 step undo limit, above.
1350 \begin_layout Standard
1359 work on almost everything in LyX.
1360 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1364 \begin_layout Section
1366 \begin_inset Index idx
1369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1378 \begin_layout Standard
1379 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1382 \begin_layout Enumerate
1387 \begin_layout Itemize
1392 once anywhere in the edit window.
1393 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1397 \begin_layout Enumerate
1402 \begin_layout Itemize
1408 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1411 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1414 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1417 \begin_layout Itemize
1418 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1420 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1427 \begin_layout Enumerate
1428 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1432 \begin_layout Standard
1433 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1434 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1438 \begin_layout Enumerate
1443 \begin_layout Standard
1448 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1453 \begin_layout Section
1455 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1457 name "sec:Navigating"
1462 \begin_inset Index idx
1465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1474 \begin_layout Standard
1475 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1478 \begin_layout Itemize
1483 lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
1484 to jump to the corresponding document part.
1487 \begin_layout Itemize
1490 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1493 or the toolbar button
1494 \begin_inset Graphics
1495 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
1497 groupId toolbarbuttons
1504 \begin_layout Standard
1505 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1506 (TOC) that is described in section
1507 \begin_inset space ~
1511 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1513 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1518 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1519 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1520 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1521 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1522 to the document, see section
1523 \begin_inset space ~
1527 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1529 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1538 option sorts the current list, and the
1542 option keeps it in the current view state.
1543 Keeping means that when you have e.
1544 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1548 \begin_inset space \space{}
1551 the subsections of section
1552 \begin_inset space ~
1555 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1556 \begin_inset space ~
1559 3, the subsections of section
1560 \begin_inset space ~
1563 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1568 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1569 \begin_inset space ~
1575 \begin_layout Standard
1577 \begin_inset space \space{}
1581 \begin_inset Graphics
1582 filename ../images/down.png
1584 groupId toolbarbuttons
1589 \begin_inset space ~
1593 \begin_inset space \space{}
1597 \begin_inset Graphics
1598 filename ../images/up.png
1600 groupId toolbarbuttons
1605 \begin_inset space ~
1608 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1610 So you can for example move section
1611 \begin_inset space ~
1615 \begin_inset space ~
1619 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1621 \begin_inset Graphics
1622 filename ../images/promote.png
1624 groupId toolbarbuttons
1629 \begin_inset Graphics
1630 filename ../images/demote.png
1632 groupId toolbarbuttons
1636 or the corresponding key bindings
1644 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1645 So you can for example make section
1646 \begin_inset space ~
1650 \begin_inset space ~
1654 \begin_inset space ~
1660 \begin_layout Standard
1662 \begin_inset Graphics
1663 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
1665 groupId toolbarbuttons
1669 jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1670 This is for example useful when you have a large document and navigated
1671 or scrolled to another document part to look for something, and want to
1672 go back to your last editing position.
1675 \begin_layout Section
1676 Input / Word Completion
1677 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1679 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1684 \begin_inset Index idx
1687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1694 \begin_inset Index idx
1697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1728 \begin_layout Standard
1729 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1731 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1732 is used to propose completions.
1735 \begin_layout Standard
1736 By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that
1737 there are completions available.
1738 You can then press the
1742 key to use this completion.
1743 When several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1744 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1745 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1752 \begin_layout Standard
1753 In the preferences dialog, which is opened with the menu
1755 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1758 , the cursor completion indicator can be turned off in the section
1760 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1763 by deselecting the option
1770 Automatic inline completion
1772 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
1773 To accept this proposal, use the
1782 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1783 LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
1785 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1789 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1791 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
1798 \begin_layout Section
1800 \begin_inset Index idx
1803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1810 \begin_inset Index idx
1813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1842 \begin_inset Index idx
1845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1876 \begin_layout Standard
1877 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1878 LyX's default is CUA.
1881 \begin_layout Standard
1885 \begin_inset space ~
1893 \begin_inset space ~
1914 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1918 \begin_layout Labeling
1919 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1923 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1924 LatexCommand nomenclature
1926 description "Tabulator key"
1932 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1933 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1934 \begin_inset space ~
1938 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1940 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1945 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1947 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1951 , especially section
1952 \begin_inset space ~
1956 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1958 reference "sub:Lists"
1964 If you're still confused, look in the
1971 \begin_layout Labeling
1972 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1976 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1977 LatexCommand nomenclature
1979 description "Escape key"
1986 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1990 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1993 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1994 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1997 \begin_layout Labeling
1998 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2004 \begin_inset space ~
2008 \begin_inset space ~
2015 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
2016 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
2020 \begin_layout Standard
2021 There are three modifier keys:
2024 \begin_layout Labeling
2025 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2031 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2039 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2043 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2044 LatexCommand nomenclature
2046 description "Control key"
2050 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
2051 on which keys it's used in combination with:
2055 \begin_layout Itemize
2064 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2067 \begin_layout Itemize
2076 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2079 \begin_layout Itemize
2088 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2092 \begin_layout Labeling
2093 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2099 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2107 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2111 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2112 LatexCommand nomenclature
2114 description "Shift key"
2118 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
2119 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2122 \begin_layout Labeling
2123 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2129 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2137 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2141 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2142 LatexCommand nomenclature
2144 description "Alt or Meta key"
2148 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2149 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2150 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2156 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2158 menu accelerator keys
2161 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2162 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2166 \begin_layout Standard
2167 For example, the sequence
2168 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2174 \begin_inset space ~
2178 \begin_inset space ~
2184 \begin_inset space ~
2192 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2196 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2200 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2211 \begin_inset space ~
2217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2227 \begin_layout Standard
2232 manual lists all other things bound to the
2240 \begin_layout Standard
2241 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
2242 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
2243 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
2244 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
2245 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
2246 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
2247 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
2248 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2249 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2257 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2264 followed by a capital
2271 \begin_layout Standard
2272 You can list or change the keybindings in the menu
2274 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2279 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2282 as explained in sec.
2283 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2287 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2289 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2296 \begin_layout Chapter
2298 \begin_inset Index idx
2301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2310 \begin_layout Section
2312 \begin_inset Index idx
2315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2324 \begin_layout Subsection
2328 \begin_layout Standard
2329 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2330 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2331 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2332 numbering schemes, and so on.
2333 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2334 and format the title of your document differently.
2337 \begin_layout Standard
2342 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2343 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2344 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2345 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2346 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2349 \begin_layout Standard
2350 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2351 how to adjust their properties.
2354 \begin_layout Subsection
2356 \begin_inset Index idx
2359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2366 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2368 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2375 \begin_layout Standard
2376 You can select a class using the
2378 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2379 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2383 \begin_inset Index idx
2386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2393 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2397 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2401 \begin_layout Standard
2402 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2406 \begin_layout Description
2407 Article for basic articles
2410 \begin_layout Description
2411 Report for basic reports
2414 \begin_layout Description
2415 Book for writing a book
2418 \begin_layout Description
2419 Letter for US-style letters
2422 \begin_layout Standard
2423 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2424 installed the corresponding LaTeX class files, though most LaTeX distributions
2425 will include many of these.
2426 Here are some of the classes.
2427 The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter
2429 Special Document Classes
2438 \begin_layout Description
2439 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2442 \begin_layout Description
2443 ACS For submissions to the journals published by the American Chemistry
2447 \begin_layout Description
2448 AGU For submissions to the journals published by the American Geophysical
2452 \begin_layout Description
2453 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2454 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2455 There are three article layouts available.
2456 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2457 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2458 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2459 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2461 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2464 sequential numbering
2465 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2468 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2469 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2470 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2471 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2474 \begin_layout Description
2475 Beamer Layout for presentations
2478 \begin_layout Description
2479 Broadway Layout for writing plays.
2480 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2484 \begin_layout Description
2485 Chess Layout to write about chess games
2488 \begin_layout Description
2490 \begin_inset space ~
2493 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2496 \begin_layout Description
2497 Elsarticle Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2500 \begin_layout Description
2501 Foils Used to make transparencies
2504 \begin_layout Description
2505 Hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2506 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2510 \begin_layout Description
2511 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2512 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2515 \begin_layout Description
2516 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2519 \begin_layout Description
2520 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2523 \begin_layout Description
2524 KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2525 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2526 (Is used by this document.)
2529 \begin_layout Description
2530 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2533 \begin_layout Description
2534 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2537 \begin_layout Description
2542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2549 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2550 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2552 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2555 \begin_layout Description
2556 Slides Used to make transparencies
2559 \begin_layout Description
2561 \begin_inset space ~
2564 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2565 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2568 \begin_layout Description
2569 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2572 \begin_layout Standard
2573 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2575 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in Chapter
2581 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2582 of the document classes.
2585 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2589 \begin_layout Standard
2590 New users are sometimes puzzled by the fact that many of the document classes
2593 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2594 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2596 \begin_inset Index idx
2599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2608 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2612 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2616 Or they are surprised that, when they open e.
2617 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2621 \begin_inset space ~
2628 template, they receive a warning saying that the document requires files
2629 that are not installed to produce output.
2630 So it seems that something is wrong.
2633 \begin_layout Standard
2634 But nothing is wrong.
2635 LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use,
2636 and some of them, like
2640 , are highly specialized.LyX tries to support as many different types of
2641 documents as possible, and it includes almost one hundred different layout
2642 files, with a growing number.
2643 No LaTeX distribution will install by default all files that might be needed
2644 by some document class.
2645 There are just too many of them.
2646 That is why some of the document classes are unavailable.
2649 \begin_layout Standard
2650 If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as `Unavailabl
2651 e', you need to install the appropriate package files.
2652 The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that
2653 document class for a new file.
2654 LyX will display a dialog that will list the missing files.
2656 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2659 Installing new LaTeX files
2660 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2667 manual for information on how to install them.
2668 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
2674 \begin_layout Standard
2675 Although LyX provides support for many different sorts of documents, it
2676 does not include support for every document class people might want to
2678 For example, many universities provide LaTeX class files to be used for
2679 dissertations submitted to those universities.
2680 The LyX team cannot write layout files to support every one of these.
2682 Fortunately, users can write their own layout files, and many users have
2685 \begin_inset space ~
2692 manual contains information on how to create layout files.
2695 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2697 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2704 \begin_inset Index idx
2707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2716 \begin_layout Standard
2717 Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the
2718 chosen document class.
2719 For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document.
2720 This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond
2727 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2731 \begin_inset Index idx
2734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2741 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the
2745 \begin_layout Standard
2746 Some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always installed by default.
2747 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2748 You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not
2749 be able to export to PDF or print your document, since LyX will not be
2750 able to compile the LaTeX file without the missing package.
2751 If you want to be able to produce output, then you need to install the
2752 missing package and then reconfigure LyX by selecting
2754 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2758 \begin_inset Index idx
2761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2762 Reconfiguration of LyX
2768 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2771 Installing new LaTeX files
2772 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2779 manual for more information on installing needed packages.
2782 \begin_layout Standard
2783 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2791 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2792 LyX will advise you about these things.
2800 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2804 \begin_layout Standard
2805 Each class has a default set of options.
2806 Here's a quick table describing them:
2809 \begin_layout Standard
2810 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2816 \begin_layout Standard
2818 \begin_inset Tabular
2819 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2820 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
2821 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2822 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2823 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2824 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2825 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3279 \begin_layout Standard
3280 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3286 \begin_layout Standard
3287 You're probably also wondering what
3288 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3292 \begin_inset space ~
3296 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3300 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3301 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3306 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3311 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3321 headings, there are also
3329 headings, and so on.
3330 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3331 \begin_inset space ~
3335 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3337 reference "sub:Headings"
3344 \begin_layout Subsection
3346 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3348 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3353 \begin_inset Index idx
3356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3365 \begin_inset Index idx
3368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3377 \begin_layout Standard
3378 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3380 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3391 \begin_inset space ~
3396 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3398 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3399 to use for your document.
3400 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3404 \begin_layout Standard
3411 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3417 \begin_inset space ~
3422 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3423 You can choose between the following five options:
3426 \begin_layout Labeling
3427 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3432 Use default page style of current class.
3435 \begin_layout Labeling
3436 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3441 No page numbers or headings.
3444 \begin_layout Labeling
3445 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3453 \begin_layout Labeling
3454 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3459 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3460 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3461 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3464 \begin_layout Labeling
3465 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3470 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3476 \begin_inset Index idx
3479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3480 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3486 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3487 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3489 Check the documentation for the
3493 package for more details,
3494 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3503 \begin_layout Standard
3508 of paragraphs is described in section
3509 \begin_inset space ~
3513 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3515 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3522 \begin_layout Subsection
3523 Paper Size and Orientation
3524 \begin_inset Index idx
3527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3528 Document ! Paper size
3534 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3536 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3543 \begin_layout Standard
3544 You'll find the following options in the menu
3547 \begin_inset space ~
3552 of the dialog of the
3554 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3560 \begin_inset Index idx
3563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3572 \begin_layout Labeling
3573 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3577 \begin_inset space ~
3582 What size paper to print on.
3586 \begin_layout Itemize
3592 \begin_layout Itemize
3602 \begin_layout Itemize
3608 \begin_layout Itemize
3614 \begin_layout Itemize
3620 \begin_layout Itemize
3626 \begin_layout Itemize
3632 \begin_layout Labeling
3633 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3638 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3649 \begin_layout Labeling
3650 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3654 \begin_inset space ~
3659 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3660 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3663 \begin_layout Subsection
3665 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3672 \begin_inset Index idx
3675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3682 \begin_inset Index idx
3685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3694 \begin_layout Standard
3695 Paper margins are set in the menu
3697 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3701 \begin_inset Index idx
3704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3713 \begin_layout Standard
3714 If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings.
3715 Because KOMA-Script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3716 the paper format and the font size into account.
3719 \begin_layout Subsection
3723 \begin_layout Standard
3724 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3729 That includes the paragraph environments.
3730 Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
3731 classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3732 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX will mark the
3733 paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
3734 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3738 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3742 The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
3744 But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
3745 will either need to create a new style yourself or else to convert these
3746 paragraphs manually to a style present in your new document class.
3749 \begin_layout Section
3750 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3751 \begin_inset Index idx
3754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3755 Paragraph ! Indentation
3763 \begin_layout Subsection
3765 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3767 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3774 \begin_layout Standard
3775 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3776 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3779 \begin_layout Standard
3780 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3781 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3782 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3783 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3787 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3793 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3794 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3795 language than English.
3796 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3799 \begin_layout Standard
3800 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3801 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3803 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3804 LyX takes care of that.
3805 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3807 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3808 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3809 of a page, and so on.
3813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3814 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3819 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3820 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3824 of these pre-coded spacings.
3825 We'll explain more later.
3828 \begin_layout Subsection
3829 Paragraph Separation
3830 \begin_inset Index idx
3833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3834 Paragraph ! Separation
3842 \begin_layout Standard
3843 To separate paragraphs, select
3854 \begin_inset space ~
3861 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3865 \begin_inset Index idx
3868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3874 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3875 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3876 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3879 \begin_layout Standard
3889 \begin_layout Standard
3890 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3891 \begin_inset space ~
3895 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3897 reference "cap:Units"
3902 The default length is 30
3903 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3909 \begin_layout Subsection
3913 \begin_layout Standard
3914 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3917 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3919 \begin_inset space ~
3924 dialog and toggle the
3927 \begin_inset space ~
3932 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
3935 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
3939 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3940 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3944 \begin_layout Standard
3945 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3946 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3949 \begin_layout Subsection
3951 \begin_inset Index idx
3954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3955 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3963 \begin_layout Standard
3966 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3970 \begin_inset Index idx
3973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3982 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3985 \begin_inset space ~
3994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3995 You need to have the LaTeX-package
4000 \begin_inset Index idx
4003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4004 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
4009 installed to use this feature.
4017 \begin_layout Section
4018 Paragraph Environments
4019 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4021 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
4026 \begin_inset Index idx
4029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4030 Paragraph ! Environments
4036 \begin_inset Index idx
4039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4040 Paragraph environments|(
4048 \begin_layout Subsection
4052 \begin_layout Standard
4053 Paragraph environments correspond to the
4056 \begin_layout Standard
4075 \begin_inset Newline newline
4078 command sequence in LaTeX files.
4079 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4080 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4089 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4092 \begin_layout Standard
4093 A paragraph environment is simply a
4094 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4098 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4101 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4102 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4103 scheme, labels, and so on.
4104 Additionally, you can
4105 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4109 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4112 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4113 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4114 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4115 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4116 days of typewriters.
4117 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
4119 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
4122 \begin_layout Standard
4123 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
4124 \begin_inset Graphics
4125 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
4131 at the left end of the toolbar.
4132 LyX will change the environment of the
4136 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4137 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4138 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4142 \begin_layout Standard
4151 create a new paragraph using the
4155 paragraph environment.
4157 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4161 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4164 because if you are in one of these environments:
4167 \begin_layout Itemize
4173 \begin_layout Itemize
4179 \begin_layout Itemize
4185 \begin_layout Itemize
4191 \begin_layout Itemize
4197 \begin_layout Itemize
4203 \begin_layout Itemize
4209 \begin_layout Standard
4210 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4214 , rather than resetting it to
4219 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4220 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4221 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4222 \begin_inset space ~
4226 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4228 reference "sec:Nesting"
4233 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4238 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4239 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4243 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4249 \begin_layout Subsection
4253 \begin_layout Standard
4254 The default paragraph environment is
4259 It creates a plain paragraph.
4260 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4261 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4262 this manual) are in the
4269 \begin_layout Standard
4270 You can nest a paragraph using the
4274 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4282 \begin_layout Subsection
4284 \begin_inset Index idx
4287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4296 \begin_layout Standard
4297 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4299 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4303 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4306 for thanks or contact information.
4307 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4308 page along with today's date.
4309 For other types of documents, the title
4310 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4314 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4317 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4321 \begin_layout Standard
4322 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4336 Here's how you use them:
4339 \begin_layout Itemize
4340 Put the title of your document in the
4347 \begin_layout Itemize
4348 Put the author name in the
4355 \begin_layout Itemize
4356 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4357 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4363 Note that using this environment is optional.
4364 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4365 If you don't want any date, add the line
4366 \begin_inset Newline newline
4376 \begin_inset Newline newline
4379 to the preamble of your document (menu
4381 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4387 \begin_layout Standard
4388 You can use footnotes to insert
4389 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4393 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4396 or contact information.
4399 \begin_layout Subsection
4401 \begin_inset Index idx
4404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4411 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4420 \begin_layout Standard
4421 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4422 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4425 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4427 \begin_inset Index idx
4430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4431 Section headings ! Numbered
4439 \begin_layout Standard
4440 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4444 \begin_layout Enumerate
4450 \begin_layout Enumerate
4456 \begin_layout Enumerate
4462 \begin_layout Enumerate
4468 \begin_layout Enumerate
4474 \begin_layout Enumerate
4480 \begin_layout Enumerate
4486 \begin_layout Standard
4487 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4488 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4489 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4492 \begin_layout Standard
4493 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4494 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4495 You group the book into chapters.
4496 LyX does similar grouping:
4499 \begin_layout Itemize
4504 is divided in either
4515 \begin_layout Itemize
4527 \begin_layout Itemize
4539 \begin_layout Itemize
4551 \begin_layout Itemize
4563 \begin_layout Itemize
4575 \begin_layout Standard
4576 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4584 Not all document types use the
4588 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4593 is the top-level heading.
4601 \begin_layout Standard
4606 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4607 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4609 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4611 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4615 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4621 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4623 \begin_inset Index idx
4626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4627 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4635 \begin_layout Standard
4636 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4640 \begin_layout Enumerate
4646 \begin_layout Enumerate
4652 \begin_layout Enumerate
4658 \begin_layout Enumerate
4664 \begin_layout Enumerate
4670 \begin_layout Standard
4672 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4676 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4679 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4680 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4681 table of contents, see section
4682 \begin_inset space ~
4686 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4695 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4696 Changing the Numbering
4697 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4699 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4706 \begin_layout Standard
4707 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4708 in the Table of Contents.
4709 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4711 Certain classes start with
4725 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4735 This is something you can change.
4738 \begin_layout Standard
4741 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4747 \begin_inset Index idx
4750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4761 \begin_inset space ~
4765 \begin_inset space ~
4770 you'll see two counters.
4775 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4777 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4781 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4782 Short Titles of Headings
4783 \begin_inset Index idx
4786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4787 Section headings ! Short titles
4793 \begin_inset Argument
4796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4803 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4805 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4812 \begin_layout Standard
4813 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4814 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4815 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4816 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4819 \begin_layout Standard
4820 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4821 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4822 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4823 To specify a short title, use the menu
4825 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4827 \begin_inset space ~
4833 This will insert a box labeled
4834 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4838 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4842 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4846 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4849 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4850 This also works for captions inside floats.
4853 \begin_layout Standard
4854 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4857 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4861 \begin_layout Standard
4862 The following information applies to all section headings:
4865 \begin_layout Itemize
4866 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4869 \begin_layout Itemize
4870 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4873 \begin_layout Itemize
4874 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4877 \begin_layout Itemize
4878 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4881 \begin_layout Subsection
4882 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4885 \begin_layout Standard
4886 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4900 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4901 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4902 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4903 the text they contain.
4904 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4912 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4915 \begin_layout Standard
4916 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4925 when you start a new paragraph.
4926 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4930 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4931 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4932 to change back to the
4936 environment yourself.
4939 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4949 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4956 \begin_inset Index idx
4959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4968 \begin_layout Standard
4969 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4970 time for the differences.
4979 are identical except for one difference:
4983 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4992 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4995 \begin_layout Standard
4996 Here's an example of the
5009 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
5011 See – no indentation!
5015 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
5016 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
5017 the other paragraph.
5020 \begin_layout Standard
5021 Here's another example, this time in the
5028 \begin_layout Quotation
5034 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
5035 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
5036 the first line, then
5040 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
5044 you were quoting other text.
5047 \begin_layout Quotation
5048 Here's a new paragraph.
5049 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
5050 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
5053 \begin_layout Standard
5054 As the examples show,
5058 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
5059 They should put quotes in the
5064 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
5068 paragraph environment for quoted text.
5071 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5077 \begin_inset Index idx
5080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5089 \begin_inset Index idx
5092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5099 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5108 \begin_layout Standard
5113 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
5119 \begin_inset Newline newline
5122 Which I did not rehearse!
5126 It could be much worse.
5127 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
5129 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
5130 indented a bit more than the first.
5131 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
5137 \begin_inset Newline newline
5140 And make things look fine
5141 \begin_inset Newline newline
5147 arg "newline-insert newline"
5153 \begin_layout Standard
5158 does not indent both margins.
5159 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5160 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5167 arg "newline-insert newline"
5173 \begin_layout Subsection
5175 \begin_inset Index idx
5178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5185 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5194 \begin_layout Standard
5195 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5205 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5214 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5215 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5216 some general features of all four of them.
5219 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5223 \begin_layout Standard
5224 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5226 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5235 reset the environment to
5239 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5240 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5241 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5245 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5248 to break paragraphs.
5251 \begin_layout Standard
5252 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5253 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5255 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5256 you read all of section
5257 \begin_inset space ~
5261 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5263 reference "sec:Nesting"
5271 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5277 \begin_inset Index idx
5280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5287 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5296 \begin_layout Standard
5297 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5301 paragraph environment.
5302 It has the following properties:
5305 \begin_layout Itemize
5306 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5310 \begin_layout Itemize
5311 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5314 \begin_layout Itemize
5315 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5319 \begin_layout Itemize
5320 The items can have any length.
5321 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5322 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5329 \begin_layout Itemize
5334 environment inside another
5338 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5342 \begin_layout Itemize
5343 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5346 \begin_layout Itemize
5347 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5350 \begin_layout Itemize
5352 \begin_inset space ~
5356 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5358 reference "sec:Nesting"
5362 for a full explanation of nesting.
5366 \begin_layout Standard
5367 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5376 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5379 \begin_layout Standard
5380 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5381 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5384 \begin_layout Itemize
5385 The label for the first level
5389 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5393 \begin_layout Itemize
5394 The label for the second level is a dash.
5398 \begin_layout Itemize
5399 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5403 \begin_layout Itemize
5404 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5408 \begin_layout Itemize
5409 Back out to the third level.
5413 \begin_layout Itemize
5414 Back to the second level.
5418 \begin_layout Itemize
5419 Back to the outermost level.
5422 \begin_layout Standard
5423 These are the default labels for an
5428 You can customize these labels in the
5430 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5433 dialog in the submenu
5440 \begin_inset Index idx
5443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5452 \begin_layout Standard
5453 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5454 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5456 \begin_inset space ~
5460 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5462 reference "sec:Nesting"
5469 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5475 \begin_inset Index idx
5478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5485 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5487 name "sec:Enumerate"
5494 \begin_layout Standard
5499 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5500 It has these properties:
5503 \begin_layout Enumerate
5504 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5508 \begin_layout Enumerate
5509 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5513 \begin_layout Enumerate
5514 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5517 \begin_layout Enumerate
5522 environment resets the counter to one.
5525 \begin_layout Enumerate
5538 \begin_layout Enumerate
5539 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5540 Items can have any length.
5543 \begin_layout Enumerate
5544 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5547 \begin_layout Enumerate
5548 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5551 \begin_layout Enumerate
5552 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5556 \begin_layout Standard
5565 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5566 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5573 \begin_layout Enumerate
5574 The first level of an
5578 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5582 \begin_layout Enumerate
5583 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5587 \begin_layout Enumerate
5588 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5592 \begin_layout Enumerate
5593 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5596 \begin_layout Enumerate
5597 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5602 \begin_layout Enumerate
5603 Back to the third level
5607 \begin_layout Enumerate
5608 Back to the second level.
5612 \begin_layout Enumerate
5613 Back to the outermost level.
5616 \begin_layout Standard
5617 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5622 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5627 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5631 \begin_layout Standard
5632 There is more to nesting
5636 environments than we've stated here.
5637 You should read section
5638 \begin_inset space ~
5642 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5644 reference "sec:Nesting"
5648 to learn more about nesting.
5651 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5657 \begin_inset Index idx
5660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5669 \begin_layout Standard
5670 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5674 list has no fixed label.
5675 Instead, LyX uses the first
5676 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5680 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5683 of the first line as the label.
5687 \begin_layout Description
5688 Example: This is an example of the
5695 \begin_layout Standard
5696 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5700 \begin_layout Standard
5702 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5706 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5709 it is meant that the first hit of the
5713 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5715 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5723 arg "space-insert protected"
5728 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5729 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5731 \begin_inset space ~
5737 \begin_inset space ~
5741 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5743 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5747 for more info.) Here is an example:
5750 \begin_layout Description
5752 \begin_inset space ~
5755 Example: This one shows how to use a
5758 \begin_inset space ~
5770 \begin_layout Description
5771 Usage: You should use the
5775 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5776 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5778 It's not a good idea to use a
5782 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5783 You're better off using
5795 paragraphs into them.
5798 \begin_layout Description
5799 Nesting: You can nest
5803 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5807 \begin_layout Standard
5808 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5809 them from the first line.
5812 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5818 \begin_inset Index idx
5821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5830 \begin_layout Standard
5835 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5838 \begin_layout Standard
5839 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5847 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5852 environment is named
5864 \begin_layout Standard
5873 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5874 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5877 \begin_layout Labeling
5878 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5880 \begin_inset space ~
5883 labels LyX uses the first
5884 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5888 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5891 of each line as the item label.
5896 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5897 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5898 blank as described above.
5901 \begin_layout Labeling
5902 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5903 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5904 the body of the item text.
5905 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5906 label width plus a little extra space.
5910 \begin_layout Labeling
5911 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5913 \begin_inset space ~
5916 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5918 If the label width is larger, the label
5919 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5923 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5926 into the first line.
5927 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5928 margin of the rest of the item text.
5931 \begin_layout Labeling
5932 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5934 \begin_inset space ~
5937 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5942 environment have the same left margin.
5943 \begin_inset Newline newline
5946 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5949 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5951 \begin_inset space ~
5960 \begin_inset space ~
5965 determines the default label width.
5966 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5968 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5972 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5975 multiple times instead.
5976 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5978 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5982 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5985 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5988 \begin_inset space ~
5993 every time you alter a label in a
5998 \begin_inset Newline newline
6001 The predefined default width is the length of
6002 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6006 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6011 \begin_inset Newline newline
6015 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6023 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
6024 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
6032 \begin_layout Standard
6037 environment the same way like the
6041 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
6047 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
6051 \begin_layout Standard
6056 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6058 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6060 \begin_inset space ~
6064 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6066 reference "sec:Nesting"
6070 to learn about nesting.
6073 \begin_layout Standard
6074 There is yet another feature of the
6078 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
6080 You can use additional
6084 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
6089 are documented in section
6090 \begin_inset space ~
6094 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6096 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
6101 Here are some examples:
6102 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
6108 \begin_layout Labeling
6109 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6110 Left The default for
6117 \begin_layout Labeling
6118 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6119 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6126 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
6129 \begin_layout Labeling
6130 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6131 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6135 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6142 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
6145 \begin_layout Subsection
6147 \begin_inset Index idx
6150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6159 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6167 \begin_inset space ~
6175 \begin_layout Standard
6176 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
6184 \begin_inset space ~
6190 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
6191 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
6192 In contrast, you can use the
6199 \begin_inset space ~
6204 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
6205 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
6209 \begin_layout Standard
6210 Of course, you're not limited to using
6217 \begin_inset space ~
6226 \begin_inset space ~
6231 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
6232 some European academic papers.
6235 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6237 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6239 name "sec:Address-Usage"
6246 \begin_layout Standard
6251 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
6252 for the opening and signature in some countries.
6256 \begin_inset space ~
6261 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
6262 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
6263 Here's an example of each:
6266 \begin_layout Right Address
6268 \begin_inset Newline newline
6272 \begin_inset Newline newline
6276 \begin_inset Newline newline
6279 When is it? What is today?
6282 \begin_layout Standard
6286 \begin_inset space ~
6292 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
6293 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
6294 Here's an example of the
6301 \begin_layout Address
6303 \begin_inset Newline newline
6306 Where do I send this
6307 \begin_inset Newline newline
6310 Your post office and country
6313 \begin_layout Standard
6314 As you can see, both
6321 \begin_inset space ~
6326 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
6331 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
6337 This makes sense, since
6345 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
6346 Thus, you have to use
6353 arg "newline-insert newline"
6359 \begin_inset space ~
6362 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6364 \begin_inset space ~
6373 menu) to start a new line in an
6380 \begin_inset space ~
6388 \begin_layout Subsection
6392 \begin_layout Standard
6393 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
6394 or list of references.
6395 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
6398 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6402 \begin_inset Index idx
6405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6414 \begin_layout Standard
6419 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
6420 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6421 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
6422 Also, don't bother trying to nest
6426 in anything else or vice versa.
6432 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
6433 The book document classes ignores the
6437 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
6441 in a letter document class.
6444 \begin_layout Standard
6449 environment does several things for you.
6450 First, it puts the centered label
6451 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6455 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6459 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
6461 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
6462 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
6463 the subsequent text.
6464 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
6465 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
6468 \begin_layout Standard
6469 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
6473 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6474 The new paragraph will still be in the
6479 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6480 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6483 \begin_layout Standard
6484 \begin_inset Float figure
6489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6491 \begin_inset Graphics
6492 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6500 \begin_inset Caption
6502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6503 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6505 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6526 \begin_layout Standard
6527 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6531 environment, but since this document is in the
6532 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6536 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6539 class, we can't do this.
6540 We inserted it therefore as figure
6541 \begin_inset space ~
6545 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6547 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6552 If you've never heard of an
6553 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6557 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6560 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6563 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6569 \begin_inset Index idx
6572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6579 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6581 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6588 \begin_layout Standard
6593 environment is used to list references.
6594 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6595 only use it at the end of the document.
6600 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6603 \begin_layout Standard
6604 When you first open a
6608 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6609 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6613 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6617 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6621 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6624 depending on the document class.
6625 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6626 Each paragraph of the
6630 environment is a bibliography entry.
6635 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6636 Each new paragraph is still in the
6643 \begin_layout Standard
6644 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
6645 by using a BibTeX database.
6646 For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
6647 phy handling, have a look at in section
6648 \begin_inset space ~
6652 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6654 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6661 \begin_layout Subsection
6665 \begin_inset Index idx
6668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6669 Paragraph ! LyX code
6675 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6684 \begin_layout Standard
6689 environment is another LyX extension.
6690 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6695 key as a fixed whitespace;
6699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6711 \begin_inset space ~
6716 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6721 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6722 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6725 arg "newline-insert newline"
6742 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6743 So, when you finish using the
6747 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6748 Also, you can nest the
6752 environment inside of others.
6755 \begin_layout Standard
6756 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6759 \begin_layout Itemize
6763 arg "newline-insert newline"
6766 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
6767 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6771 \begin_inset space \space{}
6781 arg "newline-insert newline"
6787 \begin_layout Itemize
6791 arg "newline-insert newline"
6802 \begin_layout Itemize
6807 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6814 \begin_layout Itemize
6818 arg "space-insert protected"
6825 \begin_layout Itemize
6826 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6827 You must put at least one
6831 in any line you want blank.
6832 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6835 \begin_layout Itemize
6836 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6840 since that will insert
6845 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6848 arg "self-insert \""
6854 \begin_layout Standard
6858 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6862 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6866 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6870 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6874 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6875 printf("Hello World!
6880 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6884 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6888 \begin_layout Standard
6889 This is just the standard
6890 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6894 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6901 \begin_layout Standard
6906 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6907 rc-files, and so on.
6908 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6909 as if you used a typewriter.
6910 \begin_inset Index idx
6913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6914 Paragraph environments|)
6922 \begin_layout Section
6923 Nesting Environments
6924 \begin_inset Index idx
6927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6928 Nesting ! Environments
6934 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6943 \begin_layout Subsection
6947 \begin_layout Standard
6948 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6950 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
6952 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6954 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6956 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6960 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6966 \begin_layout Enumerate
6970 \begin_layout Enumerate
6975 \begin_layout Enumerate
6979 \begin_layout Enumerate
6984 \begin_layout Enumerate
6988 \begin_layout Standard
6989 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6990 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6993 \begin_inset space ~
6997 \begin_inset space ~
7005 \begin_inset space ~
7009 \begin_inset space ~
7018 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
7019 will tell you how far you are nested).
7020 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
7021 \begin_inset Graphics
7022 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
7024 groupId toolbarbuttons
7029 \begin_inset Graphics
7030 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
7032 groupId toolbarbuttons
7036 or the convenient key bindings
7047 arg "depth-increment"
7053 arg "depth-decrement"
7056 to change the nesting level.
7057 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
7058 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
7062 \begin_layout Standard
7063 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
7064 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
7065 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
7066 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
7069 \begin_layout Standard
7070 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
7071 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
7073 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
7076 \begin_layout Subsection
7077 What You Can and Can't Nest
7080 \begin_layout Standard
7081 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
7082 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
7085 \begin_layout Standard
7086 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
7087 complicated than a simple yes or no.
7088 There are three types of paragraph environments:
7091 \begin_layout Itemize
7092 Completely unnestable
7095 \begin_layout Itemize
7096 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
7100 \begin_layout Itemize
7101 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
7105 \begin_layout Standard
7106 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
7107 environments have them:
7110 \begin_layout Description
7111 Unnestable Can't nest them.
7112 Can't nest into them.
7116 \begin_layout Itemize
7122 \begin_layout Itemize
7128 \begin_layout Itemize
7134 \begin_layout Itemize
7140 \begin_layout Itemize
7147 \begin_layout Description
7149 \begin_inset space ~
7152 Nestable You can nest them.
7153 You can nest other things into them.
7157 \begin_layout Itemize
7163 \begin_layout Itemize
7169 \begin_layout Itemize
7175 \begin_layout Itemize
7181 \begin_layout Itemize
7187 \begin_layout Itemize
7193 \begin_layout Itemize
7199 \begin_layout Itemize
7206 \begin_layout Description
7207 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
7208 You can't nest anything into them.
7212 \begin_layout Itemize
7218 \begin_layout Itemize
7224 \begin_layout Itemize
7230 \begin_layout Itemize
7236 \begin_layout Itemize
7242 \begin_layout Itemize
7248 \begin_layout Itemize
7254 \begin_layout Itemize
7260 \begin_layout Itemize
7266 \begin_layout Itemize
7272 \begin_layout Itemize
7278 \begin_layout Itemize
7284 \begin_layout Itemize
7290 \begin_layout Itemize
7294 \begin_inset space ~
7300 \begin_layout Itemize
7307 \begin_layout Standard
7308 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7316 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
7325 \begin_inset space ~
7329 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7333 \begin_inset space \space{}
7336 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
7337 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
7338 section headings violate this.
7346 \begin_layout Subsection
7347 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
7348 \begin_inset Index idx
7351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7352 Nesting ! Tables etc.
7360 \begin_layout Standard
7361 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
7362 affected by nesting anyhow.
7366 \begin_layout Itemize
7370 \begin_layout Itemize
7374 \begin_layout Itemize
7378 \begin_layout Standard
7380 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7388 Figures and tables in
7392 are not affected by this.
7397 Have a look at section
7398 \begin_inset space ~
7402 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7404 reference "sec:Floats"
7408 for more information about
7415 \begin_layout Standard
7416 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
7417 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
7421 \begin_layout Standard
7422 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
7423 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7427 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7430 of its own, it behaves just like a
7431 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7435 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7438 paragraph environment.
7439 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
7443 \begin_layout Standard
7444 Here's an example with a table:
7447 \begin_layout Enumerate
7452 \begin_layout Enumerate
7453 This is (a) and it's nested.
7457 \begin_layout Standard
7458 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7464 \begin_layout Standard
7466 \begin_inset Tabular
7467 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7468 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7469 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7470 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7554 \begin_layout Standard
7555 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7562 \begin_layout Enumerate
7564 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7568 \begin_layout Enumerate
7572 \begin_layout Standard
7573 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7576 \begin_layout Enumerate
7581 \begin_layout Enumerate
7582 This is (a) and it's nested.
7586 \begin_layout Standard
7587 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7593 \begin_layout Standard
7595 \begin_inset Tabular
7596 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7597 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7598 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7599 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7683 \begin_layout Standard
7684 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7690 \begin_layout Enumerate
7697 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7700 \begin_layout Enumerate
7704 \begin_layout Standard
7705 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7709 \begin_layout Standard
7710 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7712 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7715 \begin_layout Enumerate
7720 \begin_layout Enumerate
7721 This is (a) and it's nested.
7724 \begin_layout Standard
7725 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7731 \begin_layout Standard
7733 \begin_inset Tabular
7734 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7735 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7736 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7737 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7821 \begin_layout Standard
7822 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7828 \begin_layout Enumerate
7830 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7838 \begin_layout Enumerate
7842 \begin_layout Standard
7843 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7849 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7850 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7854 \begin_layout Subsection
7855 Usage and General Features
7858 \begin_layout Standard
7859 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7861 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7865 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7868 is the innermost possible depth.
7869 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
7872 \begin_layout Enumerate
7873 level #1 – outermost
7877 \begin_layout Enumerate
7882 \begin_layout Enumerate
7887 \begin_layout Enumerate
7892 \begin_layout Itemize
7897 \begin_layout Itemize
7906 \begin_layout Standard
7907 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7908 both of them in the example.
7909 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7919 For example, if we tried to nest another
7924 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7928 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7931 , we would get errors.
7934 \begin_layout Subsection
7936 \begin_inset Index idx
7939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7948 \begin_layout Standard
7949 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7950 We have several examples of nested environments.
7951 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7955 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7956 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7959 \begin_layout Labeling
7960 \labelwidthstring MMM
7961 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7970 \begin_layout Labeling
7971 \labelwidthstring MMM
7972 #2-a This is level #2.
7973 We created it by using
7976 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7982 arg "depth-increment"
7989 \begin_layout Labeling
7990 \labelwidthstring MMM
7991 #3-a This is level #3.
7992 This time, we just hit
7999 arg "depth-increment"
8003 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
8007 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8013 arg "depth-increment"
8020 \begin_layout Standard
8025 environment, nested inside of
8026 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8030 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8034 So, it's at level #4.
8035 We did this by hitting
8038 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8044 arg "depth-increment"
8047 , then changing the paragraph environment to
8052 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
8068 \begin_layout Standard
8073 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
8076 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8082 \begin_layout Labeling
8083 \labelwidthstring MMM
8084 #4-a This is level #4.
8088 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8091 and changed the paragraph environment back to
8096 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
8100 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
8105 keep nesting things inside
8106 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8110 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8117 \begin_layout Labeling
8118 \labelwidthstring MMM
8119 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8124 \begin_layout Labeling
8125 \labelwidthstring MMM
8126 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8127 and this is level #6.
8128 By now, you should know how we made these two.
8132 \begin_layout Labeling
8133 \labelwidthstring MMM
8134 #5-b Back to level #5.
8138 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8144 arg "depth-decrement"
8151 \begin_layout Labeling
8152 \labelwidthstring MMM
8156 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8162 arg "depth-decrement"
8165 , we're back at level #4.
8169 \begin_layout Labeling
8170 \labelwidthstring MMM
8171 #3-b Back to level #3.
8172 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
8176 \begin_layout Labeling
8177 \labelwidthstring MMM
8178 #2-b Back to level #2.
8183 \begin_layout Labeling
8184 \labelwidthstring MMM
8185 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
8186 After this sentence, we'll hit
8190 and change the paragraph environment back to
8197 \begin_layout Standard
8198 We could have also used the
8214 environment in place of the
8219 The example would have worked exactly the same.
8222 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8223 Example 2: Inheritance
8226 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8227 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
8230 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8239 arg "depth-increment"
8242 , after which, we'll change to the
8250 \begin_layout Enumerate
8255 environment, at level #2.
8258 \begin_layout Enumerate
8259 Notice how the nested
8263 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
8267 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
8271 \begin_layout Standard
8272 We ended this example by hitting
8277 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
8281 and reset the nesting depth by using
8284 arg "depth-decrement"
8290 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8291 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
8300 \begin_inset Argument
8303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8304 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
8312 \begin_layout Enumerate
8313 This is level #1, in an
8317 paragraph environment.
8318 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
8322 \begin_layout Enumerate
8327 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8333 arg "depth-increment"
8337 Now, what happens if we nest an
8341 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
8342 label be? An asterisk?
8346 \begin_layout Itemize
8356 environment, even though it's at level #3.
8357 So, its label is a bullet.
8358 (We got here by using
8361 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8367 arg "depth-increment"
8370 , then changing the environment to
8378 \begin_layout Itemize
8379 Here's level #4, produced using
8382 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8388 arg "depth-increment"
8392 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8397 \begin_layout Enumerate
8398 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8400 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
8405 Notice the type of numbering, it is
8409 , because we are in the
8418 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8437 \begin_layout Enumerate
8442 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
8443 type of numbering does LyX use?
8446 \begin_layout Enumerate
8447 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
8450 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8453 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
8456 \begin_layout Enumerate
8460 arg "depth-decrement"
8463 to decrease the depth after the next
8466 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8473 \begin_layout Enumerate
8475 Look what type of label LyX is using!
8479 \begin_layout Enumerate
8481 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
8482 numeral as the label.Why?
8485 \begin_layout Enumerate
8486 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
8495 Notice, however, that LyX
8499 reset the counter for the label.
8503 \begin_layout Enumerate
8507 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8513 arg "depth-decrement"
8516 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
8517 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
8518 into the twofold-nested
8526 \begin_layout Enumerate
8527 The same thing happens if we do another
8530 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8536 arg "depth-decrement"
8539 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
8542 \begin_layout Standard
8543 Lastly, we reset the environment to
8548 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8562 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8568 The same rule applies for the
8572 environment, as well.
8575 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8576 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8579 \begin_layout Enumerate
8580 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8581 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8582 same detail with how we did it.
8591 \begin_layout Standard
8599 arg "depth-increment"
8606 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8607 example in parentheses someplace.
8608 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8609 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8610 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8614 \begin_layout Enumerate
8619 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8624 Now we'll add verse.
8625 \begin_inset Newline newline
8628 It will get much worse.
8629 \begin_inset Newline newline
8639 arg "depth-increment"
8650 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8651 \begin_inset Newline newline
8654 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8655 \begin_inset Newline newline
8661 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8674 \begin_layout Standard
8675 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8681 \begin_layout Standard
8683 \begin_inset Tabular
8684 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8685 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8686 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8687 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8776 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8786 arg "depth-increment"
8792 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8802 arg "depth-decrement"
8809 \begin_layout Enumerate
8814 : level #1) This is another item.
8815 Note that selecting a
8819 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8820 3 times to put the table inside the
8828 \begin_layout Quotation
8829 We're now ending the
8833 list and changing to
8838 We're still at level #1.
8839 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8840 The next set of paragraphs is a
8841 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8845 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8855 \begin_inset space ~
8860 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8864 for the letter body.
8868 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8871 to preserve the depth.
8872 Remember that you need to use
8875 arg "newline-insert newline"
8878 to create multiple lines inside the
8885 \begin_inset space ~
8895 \begin_layout Right Address
8897 \begin_inset Newline newline
8900 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8901 \begin_inset Newline newline
8907 \begin_layout Address
8909 \begin_inset space ~
8915 \begin_layout Quotation
8916 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8917 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8920 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8921 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8922 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8923 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8924 as soon as possible.
8925 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8928 \begin_layout Quotation
8929 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8930 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8931 with your order, along with payment.
8934 \begin_layout Quotation
8935 We thank you again for your patience.
8938 \begin_layout Address
8940 \begin_inset Newline newline
8947 \begin_layout Quotation
8948 That ends that example!
8951 \begin_layout Standard
8952 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8953 just a few keystrokes.
8954 We could have easily nested an
8975 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8978 \begin_layout Section
8979 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8980 \begin_inset Index idx
8983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8992 \begin_layout Standard
8993 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
8994 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8995 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8996 be broken at the end of a line.
8997 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
9001 \begin_layout Subsection
9003 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9005 name "sub:Protected-Space"
9010 \begin_inset Index idx
9013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9022 \begin_layout Standard
9023 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
9025 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
9029 Further documentation is given in section
9030 \begin_inset Newline newline
9034 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9036 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9044 \begin_layout Standard
9045 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
9046 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9050 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9054 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9058 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9060 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9065 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9069 A protected space is set with
9071 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9072 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9076 \begin_inset space ~
9086 arg "space-insert protected"
9092 \begin_layout Subsection
9094 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9096 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9101 \begin_inset Index idx
9104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9105 Spacing ! Horizontal
9113 \begin_layout Standard
9114 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
9116 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9117 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9121 The length units are listed in Appendix
9122 \begin_inset space ~
9126 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9128 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9135 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9137 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9139 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
9144 \begin_inset Index idx
9147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9156 \begin_layout Standard
9158 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9162 \begin_inset space \space{}
9165 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
9166 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
9167 \begin_inset space ~
9171 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9173 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
9178 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
9179 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
9182 arg "space-insert normal"
9188 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9190 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9192 name "sub:Thin-Space"
9197 \begin_inset Index idx
9200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9209 \begin_layout Standard
9211 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9215 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9218 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
9219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9223 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9227 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
9228 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
9229 inside abbreviations:
9234 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9238 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
9241 \begin_layout Standard
9242 or between values and units.
9243 Compare for example this:
9244 \begin_inset Newline newline
9248 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9252 \begin_inset Newline newline
9258 \begin_layout Standard
9259 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
9261 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9262 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9264 \begin_inset space ~
9272 arg "space-insert thin"
9278 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9280 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9282 name "sub:More-Spaces"
9289 \begin_layout Standard
9290 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
9293 \begin_layout Description
9295 \begin_inset space ~
9299 \begin_inset space ~
9303 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9307 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
9311 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9314 Negative thin space between the arrows.
9317 \begin_layout Description
9319 \begin_inset space ~
9323 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9327 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9331 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
9335 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9339 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9342 em) space between the arrows.
9345 \begin_layout Description
9347 \begin_inset space ~
9351 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9355 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9359 \begin_inset space \quad{}
9363 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9367 \begin_inset space ~
9371 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9374 em) space between the arrows.
9377 \begin_layout Description
9379 \begin_inset space ~
9383 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9387 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9391 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
9395 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9399 \begin_inset space ~
9403 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9406 em) space between the arrows.
9409 \begin_layout Description
9411 \begin_inset space ~
9415 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9419 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
9424 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9428 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9431 cm space between the arrows.
9434 \begin_layout Standard
9436 \begin_inset space ~
9440 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9442 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
9446 lists the different space sizes.
9449 \begin_layout Standard
9450 \begin_inset Float table
9455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9457 \begin_inset Caption
9459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9460 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9462 name "tab:Width-of-the"
9466 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
9474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9476 \begin_inset Tabular
9477 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
9478 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9479 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9480 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9520 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9544 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9568 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9592 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9607 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9620 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9635 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9648 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9663 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9676 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9697 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9703 \begin_inset Index idx
9706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9715 \begin_layout Standard
9716 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9717 in a uniform fashion.
9718 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9719 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9720 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9721 equally between themselves.
9725 \begin_layout Standard
9726 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9731 This is on the left side
9732 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9735 This is on the right
9741 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9745 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9754 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9758 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9762 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9768 \begin_layout Standard
9769 That was an example in the
9775 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9779 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9783 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9786 is one in a standard paragraph.
9787 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9791 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9794 \begin_layout Standard
9795 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9798 \begin_inset space ~
9803 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9806 \begin_layout Standard
9808 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9812 \begin_inset space ~
9818 \begin_layout Standard
9820 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9824 \begin_inset space ~
9830 \begin_layout Standard
9832 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9836 \begin_inset space ~
9842 \begin_layout Standard
9844 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9848 \begin_inset space ~
9854 \begin_layout Standard
9856 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9860 \begin_inset space ~
9866 \begin_layout Standard
9868 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9872 \begin_inset space ~
9878 \begin_layout Standard
9879 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9887 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9891 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9892 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9893 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9897 option in the space dialog.
9905 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9907 \begin_inset Index idx
9910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9919 \begin_layout Standard
9920 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9922 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9926 \begin_inset space \space{}
9929 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9932 \begin_layout Standard
9933 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9936 What is correct English?:
9937 \begin_inset Newline newline
9941 \begin_inset Newline newline
9945 \begin_inset space ~
9948 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9949 \begin_inset Newline newline
9953 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
9956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9964 \begin_inset Newline newline
9968 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
9971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9979 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9985 \begin_layout Standard
9986 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9987 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9991 \begin_inset space ~
9995 \begin_inset space ~
9999 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10003 To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu
10005 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10006 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10010 In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two
10012 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10016 \begin_inset space ~
10020 \begin_inset space ~
10024 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10027 into the phantom inset (note the space after
10028 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10032 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10036 A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder).
10037 That is why it is named
10038 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10042 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10046 The normal phantom ouputs the width and heigth of the content as space,
10047 while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding
10051 \begin_layout Subsection
10053 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10055 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
10060 \begin_inset Index idx
10063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10072 \begin_layout Standard
10073 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
10075 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10076 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10078 \begin_inset space ~
10084 There you find the following sizes:
10087 \begin_layout Standard
10100 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
10105 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
10107 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10111 \begin_inset Index idx
10114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10115 Document ! Settings
10120 for the paragraph separation.
10121 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
10132 \begin_layout Standard
10138 \begin_inset Index idx
10141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10147 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
10148 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
10150 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
10151 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
10160 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
10164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10169 s are described in section
10170 \begin_inset space ~
10174 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10176 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
10185 If there are several
10189 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
10190 You can therefore use
10194 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
10197 \begin_layout Standard
10202 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
10203 \begin_inset space ~
10207 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10209 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10216 \begin_layout Standard
10217 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10227 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
10228 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
10240 \begin_layout Subsection
10241 Paragraph Alignment
10244 \begin_layout Standard
10245 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
10247 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10251 There are five possibilities:
10254 \begin_layout Itemize
10262 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
10268 \begin_layout Itemize
10276 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
10282 \begin_layout Itemize
10290 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
10296 \begin_layout Itemize
10304 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
10310 \begin_layout Itemize
10318 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
10324 \begin_layout Standard
10325 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
10326 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
10327 the left and right margins.
10328 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
10331 \begin_layout Standard
10333 This paragraph is right aligned,
10336 \begin_layout Standard
10338 this one is centered,
10341 \begin_layout Standard
10343 this one is left aligned.
10346 \begin_layout Subsection
10348 \begin_inset Index idx
10351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10352 Page breaks ! Forced
10358 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10360 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
10367 \begin_layout Standard
10368 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
10369 can force a page break where you want one.
10370 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
10371 Only if you use a lot of
10375 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
10378 \begin_layout Standard
10379 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished and
10380 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
10384 have to change the page breaking.
10387 \begin_layout Standard
10388 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
10390 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
10392 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10393 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10395 \begin_inset space ~
10401 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
10403 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10404 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10406 \begin_inset space ~
10411 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
10413 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
10414 on which only the last few lines are absent.
10417 \begin_layout Standard
10418 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
10419 at the top of a page.
10420 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
10421 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
10422 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
10423 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
10425 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10427 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
10431 to learn more about
10438 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10440 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10442 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
10447 \begin_inset Index idx
10450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10451 Page breaks ! Clear
10459 \begin_layout Standard
10460 Rather than forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is placed
10461 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
10462 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
10463 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
10464 it, if necessary by adding pages.
10467 \begin_layout Standard
10468 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
10470 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10471 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10473 \begin_inset space ~
10479 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
10481 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10482 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10484 \begin_inset space ~
10488 \begin_inset space ~
10493 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
10494 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
10497 \begin_layout Subsection
10499 \begin_inset Index idx
10502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10509 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10511 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
10518 \begin_layout Standard
10519 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
10521 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
10523 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10524 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10526 \begin_inset space ~
10530 \begin_inset space ~
10538 arg "newline-insert newline"
10542 Another type that is inserted via the menu
10544 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10545 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10547 \begin_inset space ~
10551 \begin_inset space ~
10556 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
10558 This is necessary to avoid
10559 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10563 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10566 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
10569 \begin_layout Standard
10570 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
10571 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
10572 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
10573 set a line break, e.
10574 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10578 \begin_inset space \space{}
10581 in a poem or for an address (see sections
10582 \begin_inset space ~
10586 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10588 reference "sec:Quote"
10593 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10595 reference "sec:Verse"
10600 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10602 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
10609 \begin_layout Subsection
10611 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10613 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
10618 \begin_inset Index idx
10621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10630 \begin_layout Standard
10632 \begin_inset CommandInset line
10643 \begin_layout Standard
10646 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10647 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10649 \begin_inset space ~
10654 you can insert horizontal lines.
10655 The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline
10656 of the current text line or the paragraph.
10659 \begin_layout Standard
10661 \begin_inset CommandInset line
10672 \begin_layout Standard
10676 \begin_layout Section
10677 Characters and Symbols
10680 \begin_layout Standard
10681 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10682 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10683 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10687 \begin_inset space \space{}
10690 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10692 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10696 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10698 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10702 for information on how this is done.
10705 \begin_layout Standard
10706 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10711 dialog via the menu
10713 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10714 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10720 \begin_layout Standard
10721 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10729 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10730 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10731 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10739 \begin_layout Section
10740 Fonts and Text Styles
10741 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10743 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10750 \begin_layout Subsection
10752 \begin_inset Index idx
10755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10764 \begin_layout Standard
10765 There are two types of fonts:
10768 \begin_layout Description
10770 \begin_inset space ~
10774 \begin_inset Index idx
10777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10783 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (e.
10784 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10788 characters) in the font.
10789 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10790 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10791 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10792 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10793 This means that vector fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10794 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
10795 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
10796 \begin_inset Newline newline
10799 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10800 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10801 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
10802 sizes than at small ones.
10803 \begin_inset Newline newline
10817 \begin_inset space ~
10825 \begin_layout Description
10827 \begin_inset space ~
10831 \begin_inset Index idx
10834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10840 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10841 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10842 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10843 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10844 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10845 picture manipulation program.
10846 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10847 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10848 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10849 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10850 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10852 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
10853 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10854 \begin_inset Newline newline
10857 Bitmap fonts are named
10860 \begin_inset space ~
10865 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10868 \begin_layout Standard
10869 The result of all this is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they are
10870 designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10871 So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10872 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
10873 use scalable fonts.
10876 \begin_layout Standard
10877 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10878 its document properties.
10881 \begin_layout Standard
10882 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10883 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10884 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10885 font to emphasize text, you use an
10886 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10890 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10894 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10895 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10899 \begin_layout Subsection
10901 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10903 name "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
10910 \begin_layout Standard
10911 Traditionally, LaTeX uses its own fonts.
10912 That is to say, you cannot directly access the fonts installed on your
10913 operating system, but you have to use specific fonts provided by your LaTeX
10915 The reason is that LaTeX needs some extra information about the fonts,
10916 which have to be provided by additional files and packages.
10917 The downside of this is that your font choice is somewhat limited, compared
10918 to usual word processors.
10919 On the other hand this comes with the advantage that the provided fonts
10920 are generally of very good quality, and that LaTeX files are very portable
10921 across different machines.
10922 Also, the range of fonts supported by traditional LaTeX was increased a
10923 lot meanwhile so that you can find packages for many free and commercial
10925 In LyX, only a subset of these are directly selectable via the user interface
10927 \begin_inset space ~
10931 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10933 reference "sub:Document-Font"
10938 However, all others are available if you enter the respective LaTeX code
10939 in the document preamble (please refer to the documentation of your desired
10943 \begin_layout Standard
10944 Furthermore, recent developments brought some new LaTeX engines that are
10945 also able to directly access fonts that are installed for your operating
10946 system (OS), namely XeTeX and LuaTeX.
10947 Both engines are now supported by LyX.
10948 By using them, you can use theoretically any OpenType or TrueType font
10949 that is installed on your system.
10950 The next section describes how to use these OS fonts.
10953 \begin_layout Standard
10954 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10962 In practice, some fonts might fail due to bad metrics and other font deficienci
10963 es; so you might have to experiment.
10971 \begin_layout Standard
10972 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10980 XeTeX and especially LuaTeX, are still rather new and thus not as mature
10981 as traditional LaTeX or PDFLaTeX.
10989 \begin_layout Subsection
10990 Document Font and Font size
10991 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10993 name "sub:Document-Font"
10998 \begin_inset Index idx
11001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11008 \begin_inset Index idx
11011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11020 \begin_layout Standard
11021 You can set the document fonts in the
11023 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11027 \begin_inset Index idx
11030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11031 Document ! Settings
11041 section of the dialog, you can specify which font should be used for the
11042 three different font shapes — roman (serif),
11045 \begin_inset space ~
11054 (monospaced) — you can specify the base font size and scaling factors for
11055 (some) sans serif and typewriter fonts if this is necessary to fit with
11059 \begin_layout Standard
11066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11075 , you will have access to the fonts installed on your operating system.
11076 This requires that you use
11082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11121 as output format, i.
11122 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11126 \begin_inset space ~
11129 you will have to have either XeTeX or LuaTeX installed (see section
11130 \begin_inset space ~
11134 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11136 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
11141 You will then not have access to TeX's own fonts (the selection described
11143 Note that LyX lists all available fonts in either of the three lists (roman,
11145 \begin_inset space ~
11148 serif, and typewriter), since LyX cannot determine the family.
11149 Also note that the output might fail with some of the listed fonts, due
11150 to the encoding of the fonts and\SpecialChar \slash{}
11152 Again, LyX cannot determine this in advance, so you might need to experiment.
11155 \begin_layout Standard
11156 If you use TeX fonts (which is the default), the possible options for the
11161 and a list of fonts available with your LaTeX distribution.
11166 the font that is preset by the current document class is used.
11167 In most cases, this will be the standard TeX font, known as
11168 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11176 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11184 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11189 European Computer Modern
11192 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11199 ), but some classes preset different default fonts.
11202 \begin_layout Standard
11211 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially
11212 when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
11216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11217 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
11220 \begin_inset space ~
11225 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
11231 To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
11232 Depending on how your document should look like, you can either:
11235 \begin_layout Itemize
11244 ) fonts, which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of
11258 was developed for the LaTeX community in order to replace
11262 as the default font.
11263 It covers a huge range of glyphs and several font shapes.
11264 Except for some details, where the appearance was improved,
11276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11277 One difference is improved kerning for the
11289 \begin_layout Itemize
11298 ) fonts in (the rare) case that
11302 is not available to you or does not work, and you still want to emulate
11317 Virtual means that it
11318 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11322 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11329 -glyphs from other fonts.
11330 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
11332 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11336 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11340 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11344 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11352 Loading the LaTeX-package
11357 \begin_inset Index idx
11360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11361 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
11366 with the document preamble line
11367 \begin_inset Newline newline
11374 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
11375 \begin_inset Newline newline
11380 will fix the guillemet problem.
11385 and that accented characters are not
11389 glyph, but build of
11393 characters, the accent and the letter.
11394 Therefore you cannot search for words with accented characters in documents
11400 If you search for example for the French word
11401 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11405 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11408 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
11410 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11414 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11417 and not for the glyph
11418 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11422 \begin_inset space ~
11426 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11432 \begin_layout Itemize
11433 If you do not like the look of
11441 , you can of course select one of the other provided vector fonts, e.
11442 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11446 \begin_inset space ~
11460 Most roman vector fonts will automatically select matching sans
11461 \begin_inset space ~
11464 serif and typewriter fonts
11468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11469 These are sometimes just matching other fonts (e.
11470 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11481 for sans serif text), and sometimes, e.
11482 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11494 , different shapes of the same font, i.
11495 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11508 , but you can also select your own.
11509 \begin_inset Newline newline
11512 The differences between roman,
11515 \begin_inset space ~
11524 fonts are explained in section
11525 \begin_inset space ~
11529 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11531 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11536 \begin_inset Newline newline
11543 was originally designed for newspapers.
11544 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
11545 into the small newspaper columns.
11550 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
11551 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11554 For the font size there are generally four possible values:
11567 Some classes provide additional sizes.
11572 depends on the class you are using.
11573 In the standard classes it is equal to the font size 10.
11576 \begin_layout Standard
11577 Note that the font size is the
11582 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
11583 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
11584 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
11587 \begin_inset space ~
11593 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
11594 \begin_inset space ~
11598 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11600 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11607 \begin_layout Standard
11612 selection lets you specify whether the base font of your document should
11614 \begin_inset space ~
11617 serif or typewriter.
11622 selection uses what is preset by the class, the other selections override
11632 , but some classes (such as presentation classes) also use other defaults.
11635 \begin_layout Standard
11644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11653 selection is an expert setting which lets you change the value passed to
11659 \begin_inset space ~
11663 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11665 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
11670 Normally, you do not need to change (or even understand) this.
11671 Unless you have specific reasons, use
11678 \begin_layout Standard
11679 With some fonts, the checkboxes
11681 Use Old Style Figures
11685 Use True Small Caps
11688 These are extra features some fonts provide.
11691 Use Old Style Figures
11693 is checked, the font uses old style (also known as medieval or text) figures,
11695 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11699 \begin_inset space ~
11702 figures with varying height that fit nicely with lower letters.
11705 Use True Small Caps
11707 determines that real small caps are used instead of faked small caps made
11708 of scaled capitals.
11709 Real small caps are often part of expert font sets; they generally look
11710 better than faked small caps but might have to be purchased separately.
11713 \begin_layout Standard
11718 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
11719 a font to display the script characters.
11723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11724 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
11729 So this has no effect for the document language
11745 \begin_layout Standard
11746 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11750 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11758 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
11762 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
11763 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
11764 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
11766 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11769 dialog, see section
11770 \begin_inset space ~
11774 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11776 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
11788 \begin_layout Subsection
11789 Using Different Character Styles
11790 \begin_inset Index idx
11793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11800 \begin_inset Index idx
11803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11812 \begin_layout Standard
11813 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
11814 certain paragraph environments.
11815 LyX supports two character styles,
11824 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
11828 \begin_layout Standard
11833 style, do one of the following:
11836 \begin_layout Itemize
11837 click on the toolbar button
11838 \begin_inset Graphics
11839 filename ../images/font-noun.png
11841 groupId toolbarbuttons
11848 \begin_layout Itemize
11849 use the key binding
11858 \begin_layout Standard
11859 These commands are all toggles.
11864 style is already active, they deactivate it.
11867 \begin_layout Standard
11868 One typically uses the
11872 style for proper names.
11874 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11881 is the original author of LyX.
11882 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11888 \begin_layout Standard
11889 A more widely used character style is the
11894 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
11901 \begin_layout Itemize
11902 clicking on the toolbar button
11903 \begin_inset Graphics
11904 filename ../images/font-emph.png
11906 groupId toolbarbuttons
11913 \begin_layout Itemize
11914 using the keybindings
11923 \begin_layout Standard
11928 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
11929 es use a different font.
11932 \begin_layout Standard
11933 We've been using the
11937 style all over the place in this document.
11938 Here's one more example:
11941 \begin_layout Quotation
11944 Don't overuse character styles!
11947 \begin_layout Standard
11948 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
11949 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
11950 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
11951 the common tendency to overuse character style.
11955 \begin_layout Standard
11956 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
11964 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11966 \begin_inset space ~
11974 \begin_layout Subsection
11975 Fine-Tuning with the
11980 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11982 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11987 \begin_inset Index idx
11990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11999 \begin_layout Standard
12000 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
12001 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
12002 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
12003 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
12004 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
12005 from ordinary dialog.
12008 \begin_layout Standard
12009 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
12010 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
12011 \begin_inset Newline newline
12014 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
12015 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
12018 \begin_layout Standard
12019 To use custom character styles, open the
12021 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12023 \begin_inset space ~
12029 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
12030 font property which you can choose.
12031 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
12034 \begin_inset space ~
12039 , which keeps the current state of that property.
12044 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
12045 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
12046 environments in a snap.
12049 \begin_layout Standard
12050 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
12053 \begin_inset space ~
12065 \begin_layout Labeling
12066 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12072 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12076 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12080 The possible options are:
12084 \begin_layout Labeling
12085 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12090 This is the Roman font family.
12091 Normally a serif font.
12092 It's also the default family.
12102 \begin_layout Labeling
12103 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12107 \begin_inset space ~
12114 This is the Sans Serif font family.
12126 \begin_layout Labeling
12127 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12134 This is the Typewriter font family.
12140 arg "font-typewriter"
12149 \begin_layout Labeling
12150 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12155 This corresponds to the print weight.
12160 \begin_layout Labeling
12161 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12166 This is the Medium font series.
12167 It's also the default series.
12170 \begin_layout Labeling
12171 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12178 This is the Bold font series.
12191 \begin_layout Labeling
12192 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12197 As the name implies.
12202 \begin_layout Labeling
12203 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12208 This is the Upright font shape.
12209 It's also the default shape.
12212 \begin_layout Labeling
12213 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12227 s the Italic font shape
12233 \begin_layout Labeling
12234 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12241 This is the Slanted font shape
12243 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
12246 \begin_layout Labeling
12247 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12251 \begin_inset space ~
12258 This is the Small caps font shape
12265 \begin_layout Labeling
12266 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12271 Alters the size of the font.
12272 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
12273 nal to the document font size.
12274 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
12275 what you want to do.
12280 \begin_layout Labeling
12281 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12289 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12293 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12302 arg "font-size tiny"
12308 \begin_layout Labeling
12309 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12317 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12321 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12330 arg "font-size scriptsize"
12336 \begin_layout Labeling
12337 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12345 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12349 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12358 arg "font-size footnotesize"
12364 \begin_layout Labeling
12365 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12373 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12377 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12386 arg "font-size small"
12392 \begin_layout Labeling
12393 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12399 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12403 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12407 It's also the default size.
12411 arg "font-size normal"
12417 \begin_layout Labeling
12418 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12426 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12430 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12439 arg "font-size large"
12445 \begin_layout Labeling
12446 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12454 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12458 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12467 arg "font-size larger"
12473 \begin_layout Labeling
12474 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12482 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12486 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12495 arg "font-size largest"
12501 \begin_layout Labeling
12502 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12510 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12514 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12523 arg "font-size huge"
12529 \begin_layout Labeling
12530 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12538 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12542 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12551 arg "font-size giant"
12558 \begin_layout Standard
12563 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12564 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12565 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12566 — use that instead.
12567 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12570 \begin_layout Labeling
12571 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12576 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12581 \begin_layout Labeling
12582 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12589 This is text with emphasize on
12592 This might seem like the same as
12596 , but it is actually a bit different.
12602 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12604 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12607 \begin_layout Labeling
12608 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12615 This is text with Underbar on.
12621 arg "font-underline"
12627 \begin_inset Newline newline
12632 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days,
12633 when you couldn't change fonts.
12634 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12635 It's only included in LyX because some people
12639 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12642 \begin_layout Labeling
12643 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12650 This is text with Noun on.
12657 , this is a logical attribute.
12658 Normally it's equivalent to
12661 \begin_inset space ~
12670 \begin_layout Labeling
12671 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12676 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12677 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12681 \begin_inset space ~
12686 , which is the default
12687 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12691 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12694 and means normally black, you can choose between
12727 \begin_inset Index idx
12730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12739 \begin_layout Labeling
12740 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12745 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12746 the language of the document.
12747 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12751 \begin_layout Standard
12752 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12753 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12755 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12757 \begin_inset space ~
12762 dialog, the settings are saved.
12763 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12764 \begin_inset Graphics
12765 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12767 groupId toolbarbuttons
12772 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12773 when the dialog isn't visible.
12777 \begin_layout Standard
12778 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12785 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12786 (suppose you just set the shape to
12787 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12791 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12795 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12799 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12805 \begin_inset space ~
12817 \begin_layout Standard
12818 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12826 \begin_inset space ~
12838 \begin_layout Itemize
12844 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12848 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12851 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12852 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12856 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12860 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12864 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12869 \begin_inset Newline newline
12873 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
12876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12887 \begin_inset Note Note
12890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12891 For more on phantoms see section
12892 \begin_inset space ~
12896 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12898 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12908 \begin_inset Newline newline
12914 \begin_layout Itemize
12919 fonts use characters with serifs.
12920 These are the small
12921 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12928 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
12929 The following example will show the difference:
12930 \begin_inset Newline newline
12934 \begin_inset Newline newline
12939 text without serifs
12942 \begin_inset Newline newline
12945 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
12946 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
12953 \begin_layout Itemize
12959 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12960 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12963 \begin_layout Standard
12964 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12965 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12968 \begin_layout Section
12969 Printing and Previewing
12972 \begin_layout Subsection
12976 \begin_layout Standard
12977 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12978 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12979 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12980 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12981 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
12983 Additional Features
12988 \begin_layout Standard
12989 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12990 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12991 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12992 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12993 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12994 This happens in two stages:
12997 \begin_layout Enumerate
12998 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12999 generating a file with the extension,
13000 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13008 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13014 \begin_layout Enumerate
13015 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
13019 file to produce printable output.
13023 \begin_layout Subsection
13024 Output file formats
13025 \begin_inset Index idx
13028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13035 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13037 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
13044 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13045 Simple text (ASCII)
13046 \begin_inset Index idx
13049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13050 File formats ! ASCII
13058 \begin_layout Standard
13059 This file type has the extension
13060 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13068 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13072 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
13073 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13076 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
13077 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13083 \begin_layout Standard
13084 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
13086 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13087 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13089 \begin_inset space ~
13096 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13097 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13099 \begin_inset space ~
13103 \begin_inset space ~
13109 The latter will first internally export to PostScript and then do the conversio
13113 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13115 \begin_inset Index idx
13118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13119 File formats ! LaTeX
13127 \begin_layout Standard
13128 This file type has the extension
13129 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13137 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13140 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
13142 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
13143 it manually with console commands.
13144 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
13145 you view or export your document.
13148 \begin_layout Standard
13149 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
13151 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13152 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13169 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13171 \begin_inset Index idx
13174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13183 \begin_layout Standard
13184 This file type has the extension
13185 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13193 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13198 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13202 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13205 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
13206 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
13207 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
13211 \begin_layout Standard
13212 DVI files do not contain images, they only link them.
13213 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
13214 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
13215 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
13217 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
13220 \begin_layout Standard
13221 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
13223 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13224 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13229 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13230 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13232 \begin_inset space ~
13239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13249 The latter option uses the program
13258 is an engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
13259 font access (see section
13260 \begin_inset space ~
13264 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13266 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
13271 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
13275 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13277 \begin_inset Index idx
13280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13281 File formats ! PostScript
13289 \begin_layout Standard
13290 This file type has the extension
13291 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13299 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13303 PostScript was developed by the company
13307 as a printer language.
13308 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
13310 PostScript can be seen as a
13311 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13314 programming language
13315 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13318 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
13322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13323 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
13329 \begin_inset Index idx
13332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13333 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
13343 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
13346 \begin_layout Standard
13347 PostScript can only contain images in the format
13348 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13351 Encapsulated PostScript
13352 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13355 (EPS, file extension
13356 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13364 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13368 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
13369 to convert them in the background to EPS.
13371 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13374 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
13375 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13378 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
13379 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
13380 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
13381 EPS to avoid this problem.
13384 \begin_layout Standard
13385 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
13387 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13388 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13394 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13396 \begin_inset Index idx
13399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13406 \begin_inset Index idx
13409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13418 \begin_layout Standard
13419 This file type has the extension
13420 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13428 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13433 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13436 Portable Document Format
13437 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13444 was derived from PostScript.
13445 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
13447 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13451 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13454 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
13455 looks exactly the same.
13458 \begin_layout Standard
13459 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
13460 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13463 Joint Photographic Experts Group
13464 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13467 (JPG, file extension
13468 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13476 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13480 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13488 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13492 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13495 Portable Network Graphics
13496 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13499 (PNG, file extension
13500 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13508 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13512 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
13513 in the background to one of these formats.
13514 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
13515 will slow down your workflow.
13516 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
13519 \begin_layout Standard
13520 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
13522 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13525 in three different ways:
13528 \begin_layout Description
13529 PDF This uses the program
13533 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
13534 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
13538 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
13539 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
13542 \begin_layout Description
13544 \begin_inset space ~
13547 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
13551 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
13555 \begin_layout Description
13557 \begin_inset space ~
13560 (pdflatex) This uses the program
13564 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13567 \begin_layout Description
13569 \begin_inset space ~
13576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13583 X) This uses the program
13587 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13592 is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
13593 font access (see section
13594 \begin_inset space ~
13598 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13600 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
13605 It is particularly good at typesetting different scripts.
13608 \begin_layout Description
13610 \begin_inset space ~
13617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13624 X) This uses the program
13628 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13633 is an even newer engine, derived from
13637 , that also provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font
13638 access (see section
13639 \begin_inset space ~
13643 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13645 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
13650 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
13654 \begin_layout Standard
13655 We recommend to use
13658 \begin_inset space ~
13667 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
13668 works without problems.
13669 If you rely on multiscript support and\SpecialChar \slash{}
13670 or specific OpenType fonts, you might
13674 \begin_inset space ~
13681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13693 \begin_inset space ~
13700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13709 instead, bearing in mind that these two programs are not yet as mature
13717 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13719 \begin_inset Index idx
13722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13723 FileFormats ! XHTML
13729 \begin_inset Index idx
13732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13741 \begin_layout Standard
13742 This file type has the extension
13743 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13751 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13755 It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
13756 It does not itself contain images and the like but only links them, and
13757 when LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
13758 suitable for the purpose.
13759 Math is output as MathML, which renders nicely in browsers that support
13760 it, but not all do.
13763 \begin_layout Standard
13764 XHTML output remains
13765 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13769 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13772 , and not all LyX features are supported yet.
13774 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13777 LyX and the World Wide Web
13778 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13783 Additional Features
13785 manual, for more information.
13788 \begin_layout Standard
13789 You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
13791 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13792 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13798 \begin_layout Subsection
13800 \begin_inset Index idx
13803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13812 \begin_layout Standard
13813 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
13814 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
13818 and choose a file type.
13819 A viewing program will pop up showing the output.
13822 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13825 you can use the toolbar button
13826 \begin_inset Graphics
13827 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
13829 groupId toolbarbuttons
13836 arg "buffer-view dvi"
13841 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13843 \begin_inset space ~
13849 \begin_inset Graphics
13850 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
13852 groupId toolbarbuttons
13858 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13862 \begin_inset Graphics
13863 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
13865 groupId toolbarbuttons
13872 arg "buffer-view ps"
13878 \begin_layout Standard
13879 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
13880 viewer window using the menu
13882 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13888 \begin_layout Standard
13889 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
13891 To have a real output, export your document.
13894 \begin_layout Subsection
13895 Printing the File from within LyX
13896 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13898 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
13905 \begin_layout Standard
13906 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
13907 it directly from within LyX.
13908 To print a file, select the menu
13910 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13913 or click on the toolbar button
13914 \begin_inset Graphics
13915 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
13917 groupId toolbarbuttons
13922 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
13923 This file is then processed by the program
13927 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
13932 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
13935 \begin_layout Standard
13936 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
13937 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
13938 printing one set to print on the other side.
13939 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
13940 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
13941 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
13944 \begin_layout Standard
13945 You can set the parameters in the
13948 \begin_inset space ~
13956 \begin_layout Labeling
13957 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13962 This is the name of the printer to print to.
13966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13967 Note that this printer name is for the program
13976 has to be configured for this printer name.
13977 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
13978 \begin_inset space ~
13982 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13984 reference "sub:Printer"
13993 The printer should understand PostScript.
13996 \begin_layout Labeling
13997 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14002 The name of a file to print to.
14003 The output will be a PostScript file.
14004 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
14008 \begin_layout Section
14009 A few Words about Typography
14010 \begin_inset Index idx
14013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14022 \begin_layout Subsection
14024 \begin_inset Index idx
14027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14036 \begin_layout Standard
14038 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14046 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14049 character comes in four lengths: the
14061 , and the minus sign:
14062 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
14068 \begin_layout Standard
14069 \begin_inset Tabular
14070 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
14071 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
14072 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14073 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14074 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14075 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14104 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14127 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14135 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14144 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14169 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14171 \begin_inset space ~
14174 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14181 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14206 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14208 \begin_inset space ~
14211 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14232 \begin_inset Formula $-$
14240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14244 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14252 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14266 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
14272 \begin_layout Standard
14273 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
14274 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14282 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14285 character multiple times in a row.
14286 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
14287 the final output, but not in LyX.
14289 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14293 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14297 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14301 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14305 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14309 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14313 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14319 \begin_layout Standard
14320 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
14321 math mode and has a length of its own.
14322 Here are some examples of the
14323 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14331 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14337 \begin_layout Enumerate
14338 line- and page-breaks
14339 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
14349 \begin_layout Enumerate
14351 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
14361 \begin_layout Enumerate
14362 Oh — there's a dash.
14363 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
14373 \begin_layout Enumerate
14374 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
14378 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
14388 \begin_layout Subsection
14390 \begin_inset Index idx
14393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14400 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14402 name "sub:Hyphenation"
14409 \begin_layout Standard
14410 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
14411 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
14416 \begin_inset Index idx
14419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14420 LaTeX-packages ! babel
14425 following the rules of the document language
14429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14430 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
14438 \begin_inset space ~
14442 \begin_inset space ~
14449 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14460 \begin_layout Standard
14461 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
14466 font and with unusual constructs, like
14467 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14471 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14475 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
14476 This is done with the menu
14478 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14479 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14481 \begin_inset space ~
14487 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
14488 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
14491 \begin_layout Standard
14492 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated.
14493 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
14495 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14499 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14503 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
14504 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14508 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14511 as a hyphenation possibility.
14512 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
14513 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox
14514 as described in section
14515 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14518 Prevent Hyphenation
14519 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14529 \begin_layout Subsection
14531 \begin_inset Index idx
14534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14543 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14544 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
14545 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14547 name "sub:Abbreviations"
14554 \begin_layout Standard
14555 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
14556 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
14557 LaTeX then adds the
14558 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14561 appropriate amount of space
14562 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14566 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
14568 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
14571 \begin_layout Standard
14572 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
14573 not work in all cases.
14575 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14583 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14586 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
14587 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
14590 \begin_layout Standard
14591 Here are some examples of
14595 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
14598 \begin_layout Itemize
14603 \begin_layout Itemize
14608 \begin_layout Standard
14609 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
14612 \begin_layout Itemize
14614 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14618 this is too much space!
14621 \begin_layout Itemize
14626 \begin_layout Standard
14627 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
14630 \begin_layout Standard
14631 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
14634 \begin_layout Enumerate
14638 \begin_inset space ~
14643 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
14644 \begin_inset space ~
14648 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14650 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
14655 \begin_inset Index idx
14658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14659 Spaces ! inter-word
14667 \begin_layout Enumerate
14671 \begin_inset space ~
14676 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
14677 \begin_inset space ~
14681 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14683 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
14688 \begin_inset Index idx
14691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14700 \begin_layout Enumerate
14704 \begin_inset space ~
14708 \begin_inset space ~
14712 \begin_inset space ~
14719 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14721 \begin_inset space ~
14726 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
14727 This function is also bound to
14730 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
14736 \begin_layout Standard
14737 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
14740 \begin_layout Itemize
14742 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14746 \begin_inset space \space{}
14749 this is too much space!
14752 \begin_layout Itemize
14753 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
14757 \begin_layout Standard
14758 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
14759 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
14760 will take care of this.
14763 \begin_layout Standard
14764 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
14768 \begin_inset space ~
14773 feature described in section
14779 Additional Features
14784 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14786 \begin_inset Index idx
14789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14790 Typography ! Quotes
14796 \begin_inset Index idx
14799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14830 \begin_layout Standard
14831 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
14832 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
14833 and use a closing quote at the end.
14835 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14839 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14843 The keyboard character,
14847 , generates this automatically.
14850 \begin_layout Standard
14851 You can change the behavior of the
14855 key using the submenu
14861 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14865 \begin_inset Index idx
14868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14869 Document ! Settings
14877 \begin_layout Standard
14878 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
14883 There are six choices:
14886 \begin_layout Labeling
14887 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14890 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14894 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14899 Use quotes like this
14900 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14904 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14908 \begin_inset Quotes els
14912 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14918 \begin_layout Labeling
14919 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14922 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14926 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14932 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14936 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14940 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14946 \begin_layout Labeling
14947 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14950 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14954 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14960 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14964 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14968 \begin_inset Quotes gls
14972 \begin_inset Quotes grs
14978 \begin_layout Labeling
14979 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14982 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14986 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14992 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14996 \begin_inset Quotes prd
15000 \begin_inset Quotes pls
15004 \begin_inset Quotes prs
15010 \begin_layout Labeling
15011 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15014 \begin_inset Quotes fld
15018 \begin_inset Quotes frd
15024 \begin_inset Quotes fld
15028 \begin_inset Quotes frd
15032 \begin_inset Quotes fls
15036 \begin_inset Quotes frs
15042 \begin_layout Labeling
15043 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15046 \begin_inset Quotes ald
15050 \begin_inset Quotes ard
15056 \begin_inset Quotes ald
15060 \begin_inset Quotes ard
15064 \begin_inset Quotes als
15068 \begin_inset Quotes ars
15074 \begin_layout Standard
15075 These settings affect what character the
15082 \begin_layout Subsection
15084 \begin_inset Index idx
15087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15088 Typography ! Ligatures
15094 \begin_inset Index idx
15097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15126 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15128 name "sub:Ligatures"
15135 \begin_layout Standard
15136 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
15137 print them as single characters.
15138 These groups are known as
15143 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
15145 Here are the standard ligatures:
15148 \begin_layout Itemize
15152 \begin_layout Itemize
15156 \begin_layout Itemize
15160 \begin_layout Itemize
15164 \begin_layout Itemize
15168 \begin_layout Standard
15169 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
15172 \begin_layout Standard
15173 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
15174 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
15175 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15179 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15182 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
15183 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15187 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15191 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15195 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15198 To break a ligature, use
15200 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15201 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15203 \begin_inset space ~
15210 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15214 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15218 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15221 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
15223 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15227 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15231 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15235 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15238 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
15240 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15246 \begin_layout Subsection
15248 \begin_inset Index idx
15251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15258 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15260 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
15267 \begin_layout Standard
15268 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
15269 characters in different sizes and heights.
15270 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
15271 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
15272 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15287 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15291 \begin_inset Note Note
15294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15295 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
15296 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15300 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15303 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
15304 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
15309 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
15313 \begin_layout Description
15314 LyX The name of the game, write
15315 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15330 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15336 \begin_layout Description
15337 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
15338 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15353 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15359 \begin_layout Description
15360 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
15361 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15376 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15382 \begin_layout Description
15383 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
15384 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15399 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15405 \begin_layout Standard
15406 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
15407 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15411 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
15415 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15419 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
15420 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
15421 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
15424 : The actual version is
15425 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15429 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15432 , the previous one was
15433 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15437 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15443 \begin_layout Standard
15444 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
15445 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15449 \begin_inset space \space{}
15452 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
15454 This will look in LyX like:
15455 \begin_inset Graphics
15456 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
15462 \begin_inset Newline newline
15465 For more about TeX Code, look at section
15466 \begin_inset space ~
15470 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15472 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
15479 \begin_layout Subsection
15481 \begin_inset Index idx
15484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15493 \begin_layout Standard
15494 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
15495 space between two words.
15496 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
15499 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15503 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15506 for units use the menu
15508 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15509 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15511 \begin_inset space ~
15519 arg "space-insert thin"
15525 \begin_layout Standard
15526 Here's an example to show the differences:
15529 \begin_layout Standard
15530 \begin_inset Tabular
15531 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
15532 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
15533 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15534 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15541 \begin_inset space ~
15545 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
15553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15557 space between number and unit
15564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15569 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15573 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
15581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15585 half space between number and unit
15598 \begin_layout Subsection
15600 \begin_inset Index idx
15603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15604 Typography ! Widows and orphans
15612 \begin_layout Standard
15613 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
15615 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
15616 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
15617 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
15618 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
15619 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
15620 These bits of text became known as
15631 \begin_layout Standard
15632 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
15633 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
15634 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
15635 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
15636 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
15637 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
15638 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
15641 \begin_layout Standard
15642 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
15643 or how you can tweak that behavior.
15644 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
15645 \begin_inset space ~
15649 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15651 key "latexcompanion"
15656 \begin_inset space ~
15660 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15666 ] may have more information.
15667 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
15670 \begin_layout Chapter
15671 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
15672 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15674 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
15681 \begin_layout Standard
15682 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
15687 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
15690 \begin_layout Section
15692 \begin_inset Index idx
15695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15702 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15711 \begin_layout Standard
15712 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
15715 \begin_layout Description
15717 \begin_inset space ~
15720 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
15721 \begin_inset Newline newline
15725 \begin_inset Note Note
15728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15729 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
15737 \begin_layout Description
15738 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
15739 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
15741 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15742 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15743 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
15746 \begin_inset Newline newline
15750 \begin_inset Note Comment
15753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15754 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
15762 \begin_layout Description
15764 \begin_inset space ~
15767 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
15768 \begin_inset Newline newline
15772 \begin_inset Newline newline
15776 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
15779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15785 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
15786 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
15787 How this can be done is explained in the
15796 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
15802 \begin_inset Newline newline
15806 \begin_inset Newline newline
15809 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
15810 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
15813 \begin_layout Standard
15814 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
15815 \begin_inset Graphics
15816 filename ../images/note-insert.png
15818 groupId toolbarbuttons
15824 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15828 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
15831 \begin_layout Section
15833 \begin_inset Index idx
15836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15843 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15845 name "sec:Footnotes"
15852 \begin_layout Standard
15853 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
15856 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15859 or the toolbar button
15860 \begin_inset Graphics
15861 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
15863 groupId toolbarbuttons
15876 \begin_inset Graphics
15877 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
15886 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
15896 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15904 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15915 label, the box will
15919 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
15920 Clicking on the box label again, will close
15933 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
15949 \begin_layout Standard
15950 Here's an example footnote:
15958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15959 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
15967 \begin_layout Standard
15968 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
15969 position where the footnote box is placed.
15970 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
15971 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
15972 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
15973 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
15974 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
15979 ey are described in the
15986 \begin_layout Section
15988 \begin_inset Index idx
15991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15998 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16000 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
16007 \begin_layout Standard
16008 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
16009 When you insert a margin note via the menu
16011 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16013 \begin_inset space ~
16018 or the toolbar button
16019 \begin_inset Graphics
16020 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
16022 groupId toolbarbuttons
16042 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16046 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16049 appearing within your text.
16050 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
16059 \begin_layout Standard
16060 At the side is an example marginal note.
16064 \begin_inset Marginal
16067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16068 This is a marginal note.
16076 \begin_layout Standard
16077 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
16078 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
16079 pages, right on odd pages.
16082 \begin_layout Section
16083 Graphics and Images
16084 \begin_inset Index idx
16087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16094 \begin_inset Index idx
16097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16104 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16106 name "sec:Graphics"
16113 \begin_layout Standard
16114 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
16115 you want and click on the toolbar icon
16116 \begin_inset Graphics
16117 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
16119 groupId toolbarbuttons
16125 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16129 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
16132 \begin_layout Standard
16133 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
16138 tab allows you to choose your image file.
16139 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
16141 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
16142 \begin_inset space ~
16146 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16148 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
16155 \begin_layout Standard
16160 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
16161 of the image in the output.
16162 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
16166 \begin_inset space ~
16170 \begin_inset space ~
16179 \begin_inset space ~
16183 \begin_inset space ~
16187 \begin_inset space ~
16192 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
16193 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
16201 \begin_layout Standard
16204 LaTeX and LyX options
16206 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
16207 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
16211 \begin_inset space ~
16216 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
16217 with the image size is printed.
16221 \begin_inset space ~
16225 \begin_inset space ~
16229 \begin_inset space ~
16234 is explained in the
16245 \begin_layout Standard
16246 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
16247 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
16249 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
16253 \begin_layout Standard
16255 \begin_inset Graphics
16256 filename clipart/mobius.eps
16264 \begin_layout Standard
16265 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
16266 the image into a float, see section
16267 \begin_inset space ~
16271 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16273 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
16280 \begin_layout Subsection
16282 \begin_inset Index idx
16285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16292 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16294 name "sub:Image-Formats"
16301 \begin_layout Standard
16302 You can insert images in any known file format.
16303 But as we explained in section
16304 \begin_inset space ~
16308 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16310 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
16314 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
16315 LyX uses therefore the program
16319 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
16320 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
16321 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
16322 \begin_inset space ~
16326 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16328 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
16335 \begin_layout Standard
16336 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
16339 \begin_layout Description
16341 \begin_inset space ~
16344 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
16345 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
16346 Well-known bitmap image formats are
16347 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16350 Graphics Interchange Format
16351 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16354 (GIF, file extension
16355 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16363 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16367 \begin_inset Index idx
16370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16399 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16402 Portable Network Graphics
16403 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16406 (PNG, file extension
16407 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16415 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16419 \begin_inset Index idx
16422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16451 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16454 Joint Photographic Experts Group
16455 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16458 (JPG, file extension
16459 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16467 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16471 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16479 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16483 \begin_inset Index idx
16486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16517 \begin_layout Description
16519 \begin_inset space ~
16522 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
16524 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
16525 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
16526 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
16527 \begin_inset Newline newline
16530 Scalable image formats can be
16531 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16534 Scalable Vector Graphics
16535 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16538 (SVG, file extension
16539 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16547 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16551 \begin_inset Index idx
16554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16583 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16586 Encapsulated PostScript
16587 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16590 (EPS, file extension
16591 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16599 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16603 \begin_inset Index idx
16606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16635 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16638 Portable Document Format
16639 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16642 (PDF, file extension
16643 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16651 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16655 \begin_inset Index idx
16658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16665 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
16666 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
16667 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
16672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16673 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
16681 \begin_layout Standard
16682 Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
16686 \begin_layout Subsection
16687 Grouping of Image Settings
16688 \begin_inset Index idx
16691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16692 Images ! Settings grouping
16700 \begin_layout Standard
16701 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
16703 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
16704 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
16706 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
16707 need to manually change each of them.
16711 \begin_layout Standard
16712 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
16715 \begin_inset space ~
16720 field in the Graphics dialog.
16721 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
16722 by checking the name of the desired group.
16725 \begin_layout Section
16727 \begin_inset Index idx
16730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16737 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16746 \begin_layout Standard
16747 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
16748 \begin_inset Graphics
16749 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
16751 groupId toolbarbuttons
16757 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16761 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
16762 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
16763 from the rest of the table.
16764 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
16765 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
16767 Here's an example table:
16770 \begin_layout Standard
16772 \begin_inset Tabular
16773 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
16774 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16775 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16776 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16777 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16778 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16978 \begin_layout Subsection
16982 \begin_layout Standard
16983 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
16984 brings up the table dialog.
16985 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
16986 where the cursor is placed currently.
16987 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
16988 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
16989 done on all of your selection.
16992 \begin_layout Standard
16993 Additionally to the table dialog, the
16996 \begin_inset space ~
17001 helps you in setting table properties.
17002 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
17005 \begin_layout Standard
17009 \begin_inset space ~
17014 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
17015 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
17016 current cell respectively.
17017 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
17019 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
17020 of text, see section
17021 \begin_inset space ~
17025 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17027 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
17034 \begin_layout Standard
17035 You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell
17036 using the check box
17045 This will merge the cells to
17049 cell, spread over more than one column/row.
17050 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
17051 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
17052 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
17053 in the last row without the upper border:
17056 \begin_layout Standard
17058 \begin_inset Tabular
17059 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
17060 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
17061 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17062 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
17063 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
17064 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17075 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17084 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17160 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17195 \begin_layout Standard
17196 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
17197 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
17198 explained in the tables section of the
17201 \begin_inset space ~
17207 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
17208 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
17211 degrees counterclockwise.
17212 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
17215 \begin_layout Standard
17216 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
17219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17224 Most DVI-viewers are
17228 able to display rotations.
17236 \begin_layout Standard
17241 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
17246 adds lines for all cell borders.
17249 \begin_layout Subsection
17251 \begin_inset Index idx
17254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17255 Tables ! Longtables
17261 \begin_inset Index idx
17264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17273 \begin_layout Standard
17274 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
17277 \begin_inset space ~
17281 \begin_inset space ~
17290 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
17291 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
17294 \begin_layout Description
17299 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
17300 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
17301 except for the first page, if
17304 \begin_inset space ~
17312 \begin_layout Description
17316 \begin_inset space ~
17321 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
17322 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
17325 \begin_layout Description
17330 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
17331 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
17332 except for the last page, if
17335 \begin_inset space ~
17343 \begin_layout Description
17347 \begin_inset space ~
17352 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
17353 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
17356 \begin_layout Description
17357 Caption: The first row is reset as a single column.
17358 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
17360 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17364 More about longtable captions can be found in the
17367 \begin_inset space ~
17375 \begin_layout Standard
17376 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
17377 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
17378 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
17379 The others will then be defined as
17384 In this context, first means first in this order:
17387 \begin_inset space ~
17399 \begin_inset space ~
17405 See the following longtable to see how it works:
17408 \begin_layout Standard
17410 \begin_inset Tabular
17411 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
17412 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
17413 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
17414 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17415 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17416 <row endfirsthead="true">
17417 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17423 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
17428 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17437 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17447 <row endfirsthead="true">
17448 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17459 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17468 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17480 <row endhead="true">
17481 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17492 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17501 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17511 <row endhead="true">
17512 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17523 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17532 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17544 <row endfoot="true">
17545 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17556 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17565 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17596 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18537 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18546 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18555 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18566 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18597 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18628 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18659 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18690 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18721 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18752 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18783 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18814 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18845 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18876 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18907 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18938 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18969 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19000 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19031 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19062 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19093 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19124 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19155 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19186 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19217 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19248 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19279 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19310 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19341 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19372 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19403 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19434 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19465 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19496 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19526 <row endlastfoot="true">
19527 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19538 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
19541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19547 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19564 \begin_layout Subsection
19566 \begin_inset Index idx
19569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19576 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19578 name "sub:Table-Cells"
19585 \begin_layout Standard
19586 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
19587 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
19588 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
19589 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
19593 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
19594 for the cell's paragraph.
19597 \begin_layout Standard
19598 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
19599 for the column in the table dialog.
19600 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
19601 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
19605 \begin_layout Standard
19607 \begin_inset Tabular
19608 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
19609 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
19610 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19611 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
19612 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19632 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19701 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
19706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19757 This is longer now.
19762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19813 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
19814 This is longer now.
19819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19845 \begin_layout Standard
19846 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
19847 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
19851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19852 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
19853 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
19859 Selection with the mouse or with
19863 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
19864 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
19865 the selection from outside the table.
19868 \begin_layout Section
19870 \begin_inset Index idx
19873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19880 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19889 \begin_layout Standard
19890 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
19891 have a fixed location.
19893 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19897 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19900 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
19908 \begin_inset space ~
19913 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
19914 too many notes on the page.
19917 \begin_layout Standard
19918 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
19919 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
19920 and pages without text.
19921 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
19922 , every float can be referenced in the text.
19923 Floats are therefore numbered.
19924 Referencing is described in section
19925 \begin_inset space ~
19929 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19931 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19938 \begin_layout Standard
19939 To insert a float, use the menu
19941 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19945 A box with a caption that has e.
19946 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19950 \begin_inset space \space{}
19954 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19958 \begin_inset space ~
19962 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19965 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
19966 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
19968 After the label you can insert the caption text.
19969 \begin_inset Index idx
19972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19978 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
19979 paragraph within the float.
19980 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
19981 by left-clicking on the box label.
19982 A closed float box looks like this:
19983 \begin_inset Graphics
19984 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
19989 – a gray button with a red label.
19992 \begin_layout Standard
19993 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
19994 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
19997 \begin_layout Subsection
20001 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20003 \begin_inset Index idx
20006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20007 Floats ! Figure floats
20013 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20015 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
20022 \begin_layout Standard
20025 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20026 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20029 inserts a float with the label
20030 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20036 \begin_inset space ~
20042 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20046 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
20047 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
20048 This is what we did for Figure
20049 \begin_inset space ~
20053 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20055 reference "cap:Platypus"
20060 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
20061 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
20062 This was done in Figure
20063 \begin_inset space ~
20067 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20069 reference "cap:Escher"
20076 \begin_layout Standard
20077 \begin_inset Float figure
20082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20084 \begin_inset Graphics
20085 filename clipart/platypus.eps
20093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20094 \begin_inset Caption
20096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20097 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20099 name "cap:Platypus"
20103 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
20116 \begin_layout Standard
20117 \begin_inset Float figure
20122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20123 \begin_inset Caption
20125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20126 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20143 \begin_inset Graphics
20144 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
20157 \begin_layout Standard
20158 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
20160 As described in section
20161 \begin_inset space ~
20165 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20167 reference "sec:Cross-References"
20171 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
20173 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20176 and refer to it using the menu
20178 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20182 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
20184 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20188 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20191 , because, as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document, it
20193 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20197 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20203 \begin_layout Standard
20204 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
20205 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
20206 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
20207 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
20209 \begin_inset space ~
20213 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20215 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
20219 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
20220 You can also set the images one below the other.
20222 \begin_inset space ~
20226 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20228 reference "fig:Undefinable"
20233 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20235 reference "fig:Platypus"
20239 are the subfigures.
20242 \begin_layout Standard
20243 \begin_inset Float figure
20248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20249 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20253 \begin_inset Float figure
20258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20259 \begin_inset Caption
20261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20262 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20264 name "fig:Undefinable"
20276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20277 \begin_inset Graphics
20278 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
20289 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20293 \begin_inset Float figure
20298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20299 \begin_inset Caption
20301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20302 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20304 name "fig:Platypus"
20316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20317 \begin_inset Graphics
20318 filename clipart/platypus.eps
20330 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20337 \begin_inset Caption
20339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20340 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20342 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
20346 Two distorted images.
20359 \begin_layout Standard
20360 Note that the caption is added to the
20363 \begin_inset space ~
20367 \begin_inset space ~
20372 as described in section
20373 \begin_inset space ~
20377 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20379 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
20386 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20388 \begin_inset Index idx
20391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20392 Floats ! Table floats
20400 \begin_layout Standard
20401 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
20403 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20404 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20408 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
20411 \begin_inset space ~
20415 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20417 reference "cap:Table-float"
20421 is an example of a table float.
20424 \begin_layout Standard
20425 \begin_inset Float table
20430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20431 \begin_inset Caption
20433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20434 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20436 name "cap:Table-float"
20448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20450 \begin_inset Tabular
20451 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
20452 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20453 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20454 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20455 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20582 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
20590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20603 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
20606 \end{array}\right]$
20614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20627 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
20648 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20650 \begin_inset Index idx
20653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20654 Floats ! Algorithm floats
20662 \begin_layout Standard
20663 This float type is inserted with the menu
20665 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20666 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20670 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
20671 A possible environment for algorithms is the
20675 , described in section
20676 \begin_inset space ~
20680 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20682 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
20689 \begin_layout Standard
20690 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20698 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
20704 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
20707 \begin_layout Standard
20712 floatname{algorithm}{your
20713 \begin_inset space ~
20719 \begin_layout Standard
20720 to the document preamble (menu
20722 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20729 \begin_inset space ~
20735 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20743 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20749 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20751 \begin_inset Index idx
20754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20755 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
20763 \begin_layout Standard
20764 \begin_inset Wrap figure
20771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20772 \begin_inset Graphics
20773 filename clipart/mobius.eps
20781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20782 \begin_inset Caption
20784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20785 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20787 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20791 This is a wrapped figure.
20792 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20805 This float type is used if you want to
20806 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20810 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20813 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
20815 It can be inserted using the menu
20817 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20818 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20820 \begin_inset space ~
20825 if the LaTeX-package
20830 \begin_inset Index idx
20833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20834 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
20843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20844 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
20847 \begin_inset space ~
20857 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
20860 \begin_inset space ~
20864 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20866 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20870 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
20871 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20879 Available units are explained in Appendix
20880 \begin_inset space ~
20884 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20886 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
20895 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
20899 \begin_layout Standard
20900 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20908 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
20909 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20913 \begin_inset space \space{}
20916 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up so
20917 that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed over some
20926 \begin_layout Itemize
20927 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
20928 That means that wrap floats should preferably be inserted in the exact
20929 place when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where
20930 page breaks will appear.
20933 \begin_layout Itemize
20934 Wrap floats should either be placed in their own paragraph before the paragraph
20935 where they should wrap into, or within a paragraph.
20938 \begin_layout Itemize
20939 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause trouble, so make sure that
20940 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
20943 \begin_layout Itemize
20944 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
20947 \begin_layout Subsection
20949 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20951 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20956 \begin_inset Index idx
20959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20968 \begin_layout Standard
20969 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
20970 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
20974 \begin_inset space ~
20982 \begin_layout Standard
20983 Rotated floats are always placed on their own pages (or columns, when you
20984 have a multicolumn document).
20985 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
20988 \begin_inset space ~
20994 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
20995 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
21002 \begin_layout Standard
21003 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats; the caption
21004 format is also the same: Table
21005 \begin_inset space ~
21009 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21011 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
21015 is an example of a rotated table float.
21018 \begin_layout Standard
21019 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
21022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21027 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
21035 \begin_layout Standard
21036 \begin_inset Float table
21041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21042 \begin_inset Caption
21044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21045 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21047 name "cap:Rotated-table"
21059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21061 \begin_inset Tabular
21062 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
21063 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
21064 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21065 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21066 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21067 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21068 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21128 \begin_layout Subsection
21130 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21132 name "sub:Float-Placement"
21137 \begin_inset Index idx
21140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21149 \begin_layout Standard
21150 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
21151 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
21152 \begin_inset Newline newline
21158 \begin_inset space ~
21163 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
21164 span both columns on the page instead of being confined to just one.
21165 \begin_inset Newline newline
21171 \begin_inset space ~
21176 is used to rotate floats, see section
21177 \begin_inset space ~
21181 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21183 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
21190 \begin_layout Standard
21191 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
21192 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
21195 \begin_inset space ~
21199 \begin_inset space ~
21207 \begin_layout Description
21209 \begin_inset space ~
21213 \begin_inset space ~
21216 possible: try to place the float at the position where it is inserted
21219 \begin_layout Description
21221 \begin_inset space ~
21225 \begin_inset space ~
21228 page: try to place the float at the top of the current page
21231 \begin_layout Description
21233 \begin_inset space ~
21237 \begin_inset space ~
21240 page: try to place the float at the bottom of the current page
21243 \begin_layout Description
21245 \begin_inset space ~
21249 \begin_inset space ~
21252 floats: try to place the float at an own page
21255 \begin_layout Standard
21256 The order of the above option is
21261 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
21265 \begin_inset space ~
21269 \begin_inset space ~
21277 \begin_inset space ~
21281 \begin_inset space ~
21286 , and then the others.
21287 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
21289 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
21290 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
21293 \begin_layout Standard
21294 By default, each option has its own rules:
21297 \begin_layout Standard
21301 \begin_inset space ~
21305 \begin_inset space ~
21310 only floats occupying less than 70
21311 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21314 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
21317 \begin_layout Standard
21321 \begin_inset space ~
21325 \begin_inset space ~
21330 : only floats occupying less than 30
21331 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21334 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
21337 \begin_layout Standard
21341 \begin_inset space ~
21345 \begin_inset space ~
21350 : only if more than 50
21351 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21354 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
21358 \begin_layout Standard
21359 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
21363 \begin_inset space ~
21367 \begin_inset space ~
21375 \begin_layout Standard
21376 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
21377 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
21378 For this case you can use the option
21381 \begin_inset space ~
21387 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
21389 Because the float is then no longer able to
21390 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21394 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21397 when you change your document, this will often destroy the page layout.
21400 \begin_layout Standard
21401 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
21402 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
21405 \begin_layout Standard
21406 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
21408 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
21410 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
21417 \begin_layout Section
21419 \begin_inset Index idx
21422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21429 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21431 name "sec:Minipages"
21438 \begin_layout Standard
21439 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
21441 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
21442 \begin_inset space ~
21449 \begin_layout Standard
21450 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
21452 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21456 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
21457 and its alignment within the page.
21460 \begin_layout Standard
21462 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21472 height_special "totalheight"
21475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21478 This is a minipage.
21479 The text is set in an italic style.
21482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21485 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
21486 another formatting.
21494 \begin_layout Standard
21495 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21498 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
21502 as described in section
21503 \begin_inset space ~
21507 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21509 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
21514 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21520 \begin_layout Standard
21521 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21531 height_special "totalheight"
21534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21535 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21536 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21542 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21546 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21556 height_special "totalheight"
21559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21560 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21561 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21569 \begin_layout Standard
21570 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
21576 \begin_layout Standard
21577 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
21578 to other box types.
21579 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
21590 \begin_layout Chapter
21591 Mathematical Formulas
21592 \begin_inset Index idx
21595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21602 \begin_inset Index idx
21605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21634 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21636 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
21643 \begin_layout Standard
21644 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
21649 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
21652 \begin_layout Section
21654 \begin_inset Index idx
21657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21666 \begin_layout Standard
21667 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
21668 \begin_inset Graphics
21669 filename ../images/math-mode.png
21671 groupId toolbarbuttons
21676 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
21678 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
21679 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
21680 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
21682 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21688 \begin_layout Standard
21689 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
21693 \begin_inset space ~
21698 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
21701 \begin_layout Standard
21702 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
21703 line, like this one:
21706 \begin_layout Standard
21707 This is a line with an inline formula
21708 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
21714 \begin_layout Standard
21715 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in an own paragraph
21717 \begin_inset Formula \[
21723 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
21726 \begin_layout Standard
21727 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
21729 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21733 \begin_inset space \space{}
21737 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21747 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21750 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
21751 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
21755 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
21758 \begin_inset space ~
21766 \begin_layout Subsection
21767 Navigating in Formulas
21768 \begin_inset Index idx
21771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21780 \begin_layout Standard
21781 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
21782 achieved with the arrow keys.
21783 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
21784 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
21789 will leave a formula construct (a square root
21790 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
21794 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
21798 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21801 \end{array}\right]$
21809 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
21814 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
21815 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
21818 \begin_layout Standard
21823 , printed in this document as
21824 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21841 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21845 \begin_inset Note Note
21848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21849 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
21850 space character (visible space).
21855 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
21856 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
21857 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
21862 For example, if you want
21863 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
21874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21917 , since in the latter case only the
21920 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
21925 will be under the square root sign:
21926 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
21932 \begin_layout Standard
21933 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
21935 \begin_inset Formula \[
21936 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
21945 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
21946 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
21949 \begin_layout Subsection
21953 \begin_layout Standard
21954 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
21955 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
21959 and a cursor movement key to select text.
21960 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
21961 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
21962 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
21963 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
21966 \begin_layout Subsection
21967 Exponents and Subscripts
21968 \begin_inset Index idx
21971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21978 \begin_inset Index idx
21981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21990 \begin_layout Standard
21991 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
21992 way is to use a command.
21994 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
21997 , type in a formula
22003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22019 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
22025 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
22029 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
22038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22050 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
22052 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22056 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22059 , you have to use an extra
22063 to separate the hat and the character.
22065 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22069 \begin_inset space \space{}
22073 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
22082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22094 Subscripts are similar: To get
22095 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
22104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22118 \begin_layout Subsection
22120 \begin_inset Index idx
22123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22132 \begin_layout Standard
22133 Create a fraction with either the command
22140 \begin_inset Graphics
22141 filename ../images/math/frac.png
22149 \begin_inset space ~
22155 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
22156 The cursor is above the fraction line.
22157 To move it to the bottom, simply press
22162 To move back up, press
22167 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
22168 \begin_inset Formula \[
22169 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
22172 \end{array}\right)}\right]
22180 \begin_layout Subsection
22182 \begin_inset Index idx
22185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22194 \begin_layout Standard
22195 Roots can be created using the
22198 \begin_inset space ~
22204 \begin_inset Graphics
22205 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
22207 groupId toolbarbuttons
22230 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
22236 produces always a square root.
22239 \begin_layout Subsection
22240 Operators with Limits
22241 \begin_inset Index idx
22244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22251 \begin_inset Index idx
22254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22261 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22263 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22270 \begin_layout Standard
22272 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
22276 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
22279 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
22280 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
22281 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
22282 The sum operator will automatically place its
22283 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22287 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22290 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
22293 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
22297 \begin_inset Formula \[
22298 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
22303 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
22307 \begin_layout Standard
22308 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
22310 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
22311 behind the operator and hitting
22319 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22320 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22322 \begin_inset space ~
22326 \begin_inset space ~
22334 \begin_layout Standard
22335 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
22336 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22340 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22343 feature as addition, such as
22344 \begin_inset Index idx
22347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22354 \begin_inset Formula \[
22355 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),
22360 which will place the
22361 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
22365 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22369 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22373 In inline formulas it looks like this:
22374 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
22380 \begin_layout Standard
22381 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
22388 Have a look at section
22389 \begin_inset space ~
22393 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22395 reference "sub:Functions"
22399 for an explanation of function macros.
22402 \begin_layout Subsection
22404 \begin_inset Index idx
22407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22416 \begin_layout Standard
22417 Most math symbols can be found in the
22420 \begin_inset space ~
22425 under one of several categories; including
22442 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
22446 \begin_layout Standard
22447 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
22448 you don't have to use the
22451 \begin_inset space ~
22456 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
22457 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
22460 \begin_layout Subsection
22462 \begin_inset Index idx
22465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22474 \begin_layout Standard
22475 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
22480 arg "space-insert protected"
22486 \begin_inset space ~
22492 \begin_inset Graphics
22493 filename ../images/math/space.png
22495 groupId toolbarbuttons
22500 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
22501 For example, the sequence
22506 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
22510 \begin_inset Graphics
22511 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
22516 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
22517 the space marker and hit space again several times.
22518 With every space hit the size will be changed.
22519 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
22521 Here are two examples:
22524 \begin_layout Standard
22534 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
22540 \begin_layout Standard
22550 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
22556 \begin_layout Subsection
22558 \begin_inset Index idx
22561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22568 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22570 name "sub:Functions"
22577 \begin_layout Standard
22581 \begin_inset space ~
22586 contains under the button
22587 \begin_inset Graphics
22588 filename ../images/math/functions.png
22590 groupId toolbarbuttons
22594 a number of function macros, such as
22595 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
22599 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
22607 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
22614 Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
22615 avoid confusions, because
22616 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
22620 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
22626 \begin_layout Standard
22627 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
22629 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
22633 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
22639 \begin_layout Standard
22640 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
22641 s are placed, as described in section
22642 \begin_inset space ~
22646 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22648 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22655 \begin_layout Subsection
22657 \begin_inset Index idx
22660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22669 \begin_layout Standard
22670 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
22672 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
22673 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
22674 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22678 \begin_inset space \space{}
22682 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22685 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
22686 Our example is entered by typing
22694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22707 \begin_inset space ~
22711 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22713 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
22717 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
22720 \begin_layout Standard
22721 \begin_inset Float table
22726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22727 \begin_inset Caption
22729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22730 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22732 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
22736 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
22744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22746 \begin_inset Tabular
22747 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
22748 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
22749 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22750 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22751 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22835 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22889 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
22899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22943 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
22953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22997 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
23007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23051 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
23061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23105 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
23115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23159 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
23169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23213 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
23223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23267 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
23277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23312 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
23333 \begin_layout Standard
23334 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
23337 \begin_inset space ~
23343 \begin_inset Graphics
23344 filename ../images/math/hat.png
23346 groupId toolbarbuttons
23350 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
23354 \begin_layout Section
23355 Brackets and Delimiters
23356 \begin_inset Index idx
23359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23366 \begin_inset Index idx
23369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23376 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23378 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23385 \begin_layout Standard
23386 There are several brackets available through LyX.
23387 For most purposes, using just the keys
23392 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
23393 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
23394 toolbar delimiter icon
23395 \begin_inset Graphics
23396 filename ../images/math/delim.png
23398 groupId toolbarbuttons
23403 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
23405 \begin_inset Formula \[
23406 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
23414 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
23415 \begin_inset Formula \[
23416 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}
23424 \begin_layout Standard
23425 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
23426 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
23429 \begin_layout Standard
23430 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
23431 left side and right side.
23432 If you use the option
23435 \begin_inset space ~
23440 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
23441 The selection will be shown below the button field.
23442 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
23443 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
23446 \begin_layout Standard
23447 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
23448 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
23449 inside the brackets.
23450 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
23455 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
23458 \begin_layout Section
23459 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
23460 \begin_inset Index idx
23463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23470 \begin_inset Index idx
23473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23480 \begin_inset Index idx
23483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23484 Math ! Multi-line Equations
23492 \begin_layout Standard
23493 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
23496 \begin_inset space ~
23502 \begin_inset Graphics
23503 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
23505 groupId toolbarbuttons
23510 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
23511 Here is an example:
23512 \begin_inset Formula \[
23513 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
23522 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
23523 \begin_inset space ~
23527 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23529 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23534 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
23535 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
23536 This alignment is set in the box
23541 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23549 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23553 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23561 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23565 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23573 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23578 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23586 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23589 for every column as default.
23590 For example, the sequence
23591 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23599 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23602 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
23603 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
23604 corresponds to the relevant column.
23605 The result will look like this:
23606 \begin_inset Formula \[
23608 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
23609 column & has & has\, right\\
23610 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
23619 \begin_layout Standard
23620 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
23623 arg "newline-insert newline"
23626 while the cursor is in the matrix.
23627 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
23629 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23632 or the math toolbar.
23635 \begin_layout Standard
23636 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
23637 It can be created with the menu
23639 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23640 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23642 \begin_inset space ~
23654 Here is an example:
23655 \begin_inset Formula \[
23668 \begin_layout Standard
23669 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23672 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
23675 arg "newline-insert newline"
23679 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
23684 arg "newline-insert newline"
23687 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
23688 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23692 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23695 etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
23696 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
23697 A new row is created by every further hit of
23700 arg "newline-insert newline"
23704 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
23705 Here is an example:
23706 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23707 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
23708 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
23713 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
23714 where you want to start the shift and hit
23719 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
23720 position to the next column.
23721 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
23722 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
23723 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
23724 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
23732 \begin_layout Standard
23733 The multi-line formula type described here is called
23740 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
23741 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
23742 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23744 reference "eq:asquared"
23749 The other types are described in section
23750 \begin_inset space ~
23754 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23756 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
23763 \begin_layout Section
23764 Formula Numbering and Referencing
23765 \begin_inset Index idx
23768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23769 Math ! Formula numbering
23775 \begin_inset Index idx
23778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23779 Math ! Referencing formulas
23785 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23787 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
23794 \begin_layout Standard
23795 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
23797 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23798 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23800 \begin_inset space ~
23808 arg "math-number-toggle"
23812 The formula number appears in LyX as
23813 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23817 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23820 within parentheses.
23822 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23826 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23829 denotes that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
23831 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
23832 the document class.
23833 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
23834 separated by a dot:
23835 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
23844 arg "math-number-toggle"
23847 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
23848 You can only number displayed formulas.
23851 \begin_layout Standard
23852 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23854 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23855 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23857 \begin_inset space ~
23861 \begin_inset space ~
23865 \begin_inset space ~
23873 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
23876 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
23877 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23879 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23885 To number all lines use the shortcut
23888 arg "math-number-toggle"
23894 \begin_layout Standard
23895 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23898 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
23899 A label is inserted with the menu
23901 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23904 when the cursor is in the formula.
23905 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
23906 It is recommended to use the proposed
23907 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23915 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23918 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
23919 type when you have many labels in your document.
23920 We inserted in the following example the label
23921 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23928 in the second line:
23929 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23930 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
23931 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
23936 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
23937 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
23939 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23943 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23947 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
23949 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23951 \begin_inset space ~
23957 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
23958 The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
23959 as the formula number:
23962 \begin_layout Standard
23963 This is a cross-reference to equation (
23964 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23966 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23973 \begin_layout Standard
23974 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
23975 \begin_inset space ~
23979 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23981 reference "sec:Cross-References"
23986 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
23989 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23992 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
23996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23997 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
24005 \begin_layout Section
24006 User defined math macros
24007 \begin_inset Index idx
24010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24019 \begin_layout Standard
24020 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
24021 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
24022 Math macros are explained in section
24025 \begin_inset space ~
24037 \begin_layout Section
24041 \begin_layout Subsection
24043 \begin_inset Index idx
24046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24055 \begin_layout Standard
24056 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
24057 To set a font in a formula, use the
24060 \begin_inset space ~
24066 \begin_inset Graphics
24067 filename ../images/math/font.png
24069 groupId toolbarbuttons
24073 , or enter its command, listed in table
24074 \begin_inset space ~
24078 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24080 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24087 \begin_layout Standard
24088 \begin_inset Float table
24093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24094 \begin_inset Caption
24096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24097 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24099 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24103 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
24111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24113 \begin_inset Tabular
24114 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
24115 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
24116 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24117 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24149 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
24157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24176 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
24184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24203 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
24211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24236 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
24244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24263 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
24271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24290 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
24298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24324 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
24332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24351 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
24359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24385 \begin_layout Standard
24386 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24394 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
24410 \begin_layout Standard
24411 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
24412 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
24417 within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
24418 space when you need a space in the box.
24419 Here an example where
24420 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24424 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24431 denotes the set of numbers:
24432 \begin_inset Formula \[
24433 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}
24441 \begin_layout Standard
24442 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
24444 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24448 \begin_inset space \space{}
24460 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
24464 \begin_inset Newline newline
24467 So it is better not to use this feature.
24470 \begin_layout Standard
24471 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
24472 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
24476 \begin_inset Newline newline
24479 You can only print them emboldened using the command
24485 , which works like the other typeface commands:
24486 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
24492 \begin_layout Standard
24499 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
24502 \begin_layout Standard
24503 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
24505 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24506 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24508 \begin_inset space ~
24516 \begin_layout Subsection
24518 \begin_inset Index idx
24521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24530 \begin_layout Standard
24531 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
24533 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
24537 \begin_inset space ~
24541 \begin_inset space ~
24549 \begin_inset space ~
24555 \begin_inset Graphics
24556 filename ../images/math/font.png
24558 groupId toolbarbuttons
24569 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
24570 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
24571 Here is an example:
24572 \begin_inset Formula \[
24574 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
24575 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}
24584 \begin_layout Subsection
24586 \begin_inset Index idx
24589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24598 \begin_layout Standard
24599 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
24600 automatically chosen in most situations.
24618 For most characters,
24626 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
24627 and certain other structures, are set larger in
24632 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
24633 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
24635 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
24636 \begin_inset Graphics
24637 filename ../images/math/style.png
24639 groupId toolbarbuttons
24644 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
24645 For example, you can set
24646 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
24649 , which is normally in
24658 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
24662 The four styles are used in the following example:
24665 \begin_layout Standard
24666 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
24670 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
24674 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
24678 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
24684 \begin_layout Standard
24685 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
24686 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
24688 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24690 \begin_inset space ~
24695 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
24696 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
24697 will be adjusted to correspond.
24698 As an example here is a formula in the font size
24699 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24703 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24709 \begin_layout Standard
24713 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
24719 \begin_layout Section
24723 \begin_layout Standard
24724 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
24725 the document classes and into layout modules.
24726 \begin_inset Index idx
24729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24735 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
24736 other than the AMS classes.
24738 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24740 reference "sub:Modules"
24744 for more on layout modules.
24747 \begin_layout Section
24749 \begin_inset Index idx
24752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24759 \begin_inset Index idx
24762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24771 \begin_layout Standard
24772 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24773 (AMS) that are in common use.
24776 \begin_layout Subsection
24777 Enabling AMS-Support
24780 \begin_layout Standard
24781 Selecting the checkbox
24784 \begin_inset space ~
24788 \begin_inset space ~
24792 \begin_inset space ~
24799 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24803 \begin_inset Index idx
24806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24807 Document ! Settings
24815 \begin_inset space ~
24820 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24822 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24823 formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS.
24826 \begin_layout Subsection
24828 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24830 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24835 \begin_inset Index idx
24838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24839 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24847 \begin_layout Standard
24848 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24849 LyX allows you to choose between
24870 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24873 \begin_layout Chapter
24877 \begin_layout Section
24879 \begin_inset Index idx
24882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24889 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24891 name "sec:Cross-References"
24898 \begin_layout Standard
24899 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24900 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24902 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24903 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24904 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
24907 \begin_layout Enumerate
24911 \begin_layout Enumerate
24912 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24914 name "enu:Second-item"
24921 \begin_layout Enumerate
24925 \begin_layout Standard
24926 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24928 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24931 or by pressing the toolbar button
24932 \begin_inset Graphics
24933 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24935 groupId toolbarbuttons
24940 A grey label box like this:
24941 \begin_inset Graphics
24942 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24947 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24948 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24950 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24958 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24963 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24971 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24975 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24979 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24983 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
24984 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24988 \begin_inset space \space{}
24991 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
24992 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25000 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25006 \begin_layout Standard
25007 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
25009 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25012 or the toolbar button
25013 \begin_inset Graphics
25014 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
25016 groupId toolbarbuttons
25021 A grey cross-reference box like this:
25022 \begin_inset Graphics
25023 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
25028 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
25030 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
25031 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25039 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25043 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
25047 \begin_layout Standard
25050 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25053 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
25058 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
25059 to the actual cursor position via the menu
25061 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25067 \begin_layout Standard
25068 Here is our cross-reference: Item
25069 \begin_inset space ~
25073 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25075 reference "enu:Second-item"
25082 \begin_layout Standard
25083 It is recommended to use a protected space
25087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25088 described in section
25089 \begin_inset space ~
25093 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25095 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
25104 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
25108 \begin_layout Standard
25109 There are six varieties of cross-references:
25112 \begin_layout Description
25113 <reference>: prints the number, this is the default:
25114 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25116 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25123 \begin_layout Description
25124 (<reference>): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
25125 normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
25127 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25131 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25135 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25137 reference "eq:tanhExp"
25144 \begin_layout Description
25145 <page>: prints the page number: Page
25146 \begin_inset space ~
25150 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25151 LatexCommand pageref
25152 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25159 \begin_layout Description
25161 \begin_inset space ~
25165 \begin_inset space ~
25168 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
25169 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25170 LatexCommand vpageref
25171 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25178 \begin_layout Description
25180 \begin_inset space ~
25184 \begin_inset space ~
25188 \begin_inset space ~
25191 <page>: prints the number, the text "on page", and the page number:
25192 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25194 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25201 \begin_layout Description
25203 \begin_inset space ~
25206 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
25207 \begin_inset Newline newline
25211 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25219 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
25228 \begin_inset Index idx
25231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25232 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
25238 \begin_inset Index idx
25241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25242 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
25255 \begin_layout Description
25257 \begin_inset space ~
25260 reference: prints the caption or name of the reference:
25261 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25262 LatexCommand nameref
25263 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25270 \begin_layout Standard
25275 will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same,
25278 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25282 \begin_inset space \space{}
25286 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25294 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25300 <reference> on page <page>
25302 will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page.
25305 \begin_layout Standard
25306 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output
25307 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
25308 The varieties are adjusted in the field
25312 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
25316 \begin_layout Standard
25317 You can only use the style
25321 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
25325 is always possible.
25328 \begin_layout Standard
25329 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
25330 for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
25332 Referencing formulas is explained in section
25333 \begin_inset space ~
25337 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25339 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
25346 \begin_layout Standard
25347 Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
25351 \begin_inset space ~
25355 \begin_inset space ~
25360 sets the cursor before the referenced label.
25361 This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
25364 \begin_inset space ~
25369 so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
25370 You can also go back with the toolbar button
25371 \begin_inset Graphics
25372 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
25374 groupId toolbarbuttons
25381 \begin_layout Standard
25382 You can change labels at any time.
25383 References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
25384 do not need to take care about this.
25387 \begin_layout Standard
25388 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question
25389 marks in the output instead of the reference.
25392 \begin_layout Standard
25393 References are described in detail in sec.
25394 \begin_inset space ~
25398 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25402 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25412 \begin_layout Section
25413 Table of Contents and other Listings
25414 \begin_inset Index idx
25417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25424 \begin_inset Index idx
25427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25434 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25443 \begin_layout Subsection
25445 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25447 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
25454 \begin_layout Standard
25455 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
25457 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25458 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25460 \begin_inset space ~
25464 \begin_inset space ~
25470 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
25471 If you click on it, the
25475 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
25476 sections in your documents.
25477 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
25479 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25482 that is described in sec.
25483 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25487 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25489 reference "sec:Navigating"
25496 \begin_layout Standard
25497 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
25498 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
25500 \begin_inset space ~
25504 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25506 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
25510 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
25512 \begin_inset space ~
25516 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25518 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
25522 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
25524 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
25527 \begin_layout Subsection
25528 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
25529 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25531 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
25538 \begin_layout Standard
25539 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
25540 You can insert them via the
25542 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25544 \begin_inset space ~
25548 \begin_inset space ~
25554 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
25557 \begin_layout Section
25558 URLs and Hyperlinks
25559 \begin_inset Index idx
25562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25569 \begin_inset Index idx
25572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25581 \begin_layout Subsection
25583 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25592 \begin_layout Standard
25593 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
25595 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25601 \begin_layout Standard
25602 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
25603 \begin_inset Flex URL
25606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25616 \begin_layout Standard
25617 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
25623 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
25627 \begin_layout Standard
25628 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25636 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
25644 \begin_layout Subsection
25646 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25648 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
25655 \begin_layout Standard
25656 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
25658 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25661 or with the toolbar button
25662 \begin_inset Graphics
25663 filename ../images/href-insert.png
25665 groupId toolbarbuttons
25670 The appearing dialog has two fields:
25679 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
25680 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
25681 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25683 name "LyX's homepage"
25684 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25688 , an Email address like this:
25689 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25691 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
25692 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
25697 , or a link to a file.
25700 \begin_layout Standard
25701 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
25703 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25711 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25714 to the link target.
25717 \begin_layout Standard
25718 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
25719 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
25720 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
25721 the text style dialog.
25722 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
25726 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25728 name "LyX's homepage"
25729 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25736 \begin_layout Standard
25737 The link text color can be changed, when the option
25741 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
25743 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25744 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25748 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
25750 \begin_inset Newline newline
25758 \begin_inset Newline newline
25765 in the PDF Properties dialog.
25768 \begin_layout Section
25770 \begin_inset Index idx
25773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25780 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25782 name "sec:Appendices"
25789 \begin_layout Standard
25790 Appendices are created with the menu
25792 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25794 \begin_inset space ~
25798 \begin_inset space ~
25804 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
25805 as the appendix region.
25806 The region is marked with a red borderline.
25809 \begin_layout Standard
25810 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
25811 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
25812 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
25813 and the subsection number.
25814 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
25818 \begin_layout Standard
25820 \begin_inset space ~
25824 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25826 reference "cha:Credits"
25831 \begin_inset space ~
25835 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25837 reference "sub:Export"
25844 \begin_layout Section
25846 \begin_inset Index idx
25849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25856 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25858 name "sec:Bibliography"
25865 \begin_layout Standard
25866 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25867 You can include a bibliography database,
25871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25872 Known under the name
25873 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25877 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25885 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
25886 manually, using the paragraph environment
25890 , which was described in section
25891 \begin_inset space ~
25895 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25897 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25902 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
25903 document, like author-year citations, then you must
25907 use a bibliography database.
25910 \begin_layout Subsection
25911 The Bibliography Environment
25914 \begin_layout Standard
25919 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25921 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25930 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25932 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25934 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25938 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25941 , a short form of its title, as key.
25944 \begin_layout Standard
25945 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25947 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25950 or the toolbar button
25951 \begin_inset Graphics
25952 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25954 groupId toolbarbuttons
25959 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25960 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25961 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25962 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25966 \begin_layout Standard
25967 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
25968 entry with surrounding brackets.
25973 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25974 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25976 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25980 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25986 \begin_layout Standard
25989 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25992 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25994 key "latexcompanion"
26001 \begin_layout Standard
26002 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
26003 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26012 \begin_layout Subsection
26013 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
26014 \begin_inset Index idx
26017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26018 Bibliography ! Databases
26024 \begin_inset Index idx
26027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26028 Bibliography ! BibTeX
26034 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26036 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
26043 \begin_layout Standard
26044 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
26049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26050 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
26052 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
26053 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
26058 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
26060 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
26061 your working field in a database.
26062 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
26063 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
26065 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
26069 \begin_layout Standard
26070 The database is a text file with the file extension
26071 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26079 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26082 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
26083 The format is explained in
26084 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26090 and in LaTeX books (
26091 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26093 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
26098 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
26099 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
26100 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
26101 \begin_inset Flex URL
26104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26106 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
26114 \begin_layout Standard
26115 To use a database, use the menu
26117 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26122 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26135 \begin_inset space ~
26141 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
26142 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
26145 Add bibliography to TOC
26147 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
26152 drop box you can select whether to include > all the entries in the database
26153 in the document or just the cited references.
26156 \begin_layout Standard
26157 The style file is a text file with the file extension
26158 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26166 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26169 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
26170 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
26171 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
26173 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
26178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26179 For information how this is done, have a look at
26180 \begin_inset Newline newline
26184 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26186 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
26198 \begin_layout Standard
26199 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
26202 \begin_layout Standard
26203 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
26204 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
26207 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26235 \begin_inset space ~
26241 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
26247 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26256 \begin_layout Standard
26257 When you select the option
26259 Sectioned bibliography
26263 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26266 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
26267 This and other options are explained in detail in section
26269 Customizing Bibliographies
26277 Additional Features
26282 \begin_layout Standard
26283 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
26284 the two methods of creating them.
26285 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
26286 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
26287 We used the style file
26291 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
26294 \begin_layout Subsection
26295 Bibliography layout
26296 \begin_inset Index idx
26299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26300 Bibliography ! Layout
26308 \begin_layout Standard
26309 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
26310 For this feature you need to enable the option
26316 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26320 \begin_inset Index idx
26323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26324 Document ! Settings
26334 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
26335 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
26336 in the previous section.
26339 \begin_layout Standard
26340 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
26341 in the citation reference window.
26342 Here an example where we set the text
26343 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26347 \begin_inset space ~
26351 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26354 to appear after the reference:
26357 \begin_layout Standard
26359 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26362 key "latexcompanion"
26369 \begin_layout Section
26371 \begin_inset Index idx
26374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26381 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26390 \begin_layout Standard
26391 An index entry is created if you use the menu
26393 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26395 \begin_inset space ~
26400 or the toolbar button
26401 \begin_inset Graphics
26402 filename ../images/index-insert.png
26404 groupId toolbarbuttons
26410 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26418 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26421 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
26422 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
26423 by LyX as the index entry.
26426 \begin_layout Standard
26427 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
26428 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
26430 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26432 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
26439 \begin_layout Standard
26440 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
26442 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26444 \begin_inset space ~
26448 \begin_inset space ~
26451 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26453 \begin_inset space ~
26459 A light blue box labeled
26460 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26468 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26471 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
26472 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
26475 \begin_layout Subsection
26476 Grouping Index Entries
26477 \begin_inset Index idx
26480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26489 \begin_layout Standard
26490 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
26492 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
26493 lists under the entry
26494 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26498 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26502 First we create the entry
26503 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26507 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26511 \begin_inset space ~
26515 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26517 reference "sub:Lists"
26522 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
26523 \begin_inset space ~
26527 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26529 reference "sec:Itemize"
26533 , we insert the command
26536 \begin_layout Standard
26542 \begin_layout Standard
26546 \begin_layout Standard
26552 \begin_layout Standard
26553 for the enumerated list in section
26554 \begin_inset space ~
26558 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26560 reference "sec:Enumerate"
26567 \begin_layout Standard
26568 The exclamation mark
26569 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26573 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26576 marks the grouping levels.
26577 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
26578 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
26579 If we don't have an index entry for
26580 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26584 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26587 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
26590 \begin_layout Subsection
26592 \begin_inset Index idx
26595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26596 Index ! Page ranges
26604 \begin_layout Standard
26605 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
26607 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
26608 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
26610 \begin_inset space ~
26614 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26616 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
26623 \begin_layout Standard
26626 Paragraph environments|(
26629 \begin_layout Standard
26630 and another entry at the end of section
26631 \begin_inset space ~
26635 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26637 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
26644 \begin_layout Standard
26647 Paragraph environments|)
26650 \begin_layout Standard
26652 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26660 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26664 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26672 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26675 respectively start and end the index range.
26676 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
26677 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
26678 the pages of the indexed document parts.
26679 An example is the index entry
26680 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26683 Document ! Settings
26684 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26690 \begin_layout Subsection
26692 \begin_inset Index idx
26695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26696 Index ! Cross referencing
26704 \begin_layout Standard
26705 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
26706 We referred for example in the index entry
26707 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26711 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26715 \begin_inset space ~
26719 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26721 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
26725 ) to the index entry
26726 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26730 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26733 in the same section using the entry
26736 \begin_layout Standard
26739 GIF|see{Image formats}
26742 \begin_layout Standard
26743 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
26744 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
26745 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
26748 \begin_layout Subsection
26750 \begin_inset Index idx
26753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26754 Index ! Entry order
26762 \begin_layout Standard
26763 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
26764 then not follow the rules for the index order.
26765 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
26769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26770 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
26772 \begin_inset space ~
26776 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26778 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26787 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
26788 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
26789 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26793 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26797 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26801 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26805 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26809 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26813 \begin_inset Index idx
26816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26817 Dummy entries ! maïs
26823 \begin_inset Index idx
26826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26827 Dummy entries ! maître
26833 \begin_inset Index idx
26836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26837 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
26842 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
26843 order maïs, maison, maître.
26844 To achieve this, we use the command
26847 \begin_layout Standard
26850 previous entry@current entry
26853 \begin_layout Standard
26854 In our case we want to have
26855 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26859 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26863 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26867 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26870 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
26873 \begin_layout Standard
26879 \begin_layout Standard
26880 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
26881 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
26885 \begin_layout Standard
26886 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26892 \begin_layout Standard
26893 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
26898 to generate the index (see sec.
26899 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26903 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26905 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26914 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
26916 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26920 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26922 reference "sub:Document-Font"
26926 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
26927 index commands start with
26928 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26936 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26940 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
26945 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
26948 \begin_layout Standard
26960 \begin_layout Standard
26972 \begin_layout Subsection
26974 \begin_inset Index idx
26977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26978 Index ! Entry layout
26986 \begin_layout Standard
26987 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
26988 \begin_inset Index idx
26991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26994 This is an italic dummy entry
26999 You can also format the page number using the character
27000 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27004 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27007 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
27008 We can write for example
27011 \begin_layout Standard
27014 italic page number:|textit
27017 \begin_layout Standard
27018 to get the page number in italic.
27019 \begin_inset Index idx
27022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27023 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
27028 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
27030 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27038 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27046 \begin_inset space ~
27052 Have a look at section
27053 \begin_inset space ~
27057 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27059 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27063 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
27066 \begin_layout Standard
27067 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27075 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
27079 to generate the index, see sec.
27080 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27084 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27086 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27095 , however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
27096 This is because xindy requires you to define semantic elements before
27097 they can be used, see
27098 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27101 key "latexcompanion"
27113 \begin_layout Standard
27114 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
27116 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
27117 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
27118 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
27119 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
27120 If so, put the following in the preamble
27123 \begin_layout Standard
27135 \begin_layout Standard
27139 \begin_layout Standard
27145 \begin_layout Standard
27146 in the index entry.
27147 \begin_inset Index idx
27150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27151 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
27156 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
27157 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
27158 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
27161 \begin_layout Standard
27162 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
27164 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27168 \begin_inset space \space{}
27171 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
27172 for all index entries.
27173 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
27185 documentation for details,
27186 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27188 key "makeindex,xindy"
27195 \begin_layout Subsection
27197 \begin_inset Index idx
27200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27207 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27209 name "sub:Index-Program"
27216 \begin_layout Standard
27217 If the index entry program
27221 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
27225 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
27229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27234 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
27235 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
27236 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
27237 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
27238 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
27248 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
27249 dialog, see section
27250 \begin_inset space ~
27254 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27256 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27261 The available options are listed and explained in
27262 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27264 key "makeindex,xindy"
27269 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
27273 \begin_layout Standard
27274 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
27275 given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
27278 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27279 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27280 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
27284 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
27285 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
27288 \begin_layout Subsection
27292 \begin_layout Standard
27293 In many fields, it is common to have more than one index.
27294 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
27295 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27299 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27302 next to the standard index.
27303 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
27304 packages that add this feature.
27310 \begin_inset Index idx
27313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27314 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
27319 package to generate multiple indexes.
27320 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
27321 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX Catalogue,
27322 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27329 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
27330 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
27331 Please consult the package's manual for details.
27334 \begin_layout Standard
27335 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
27337 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27338 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27339 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
27343 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27346 Use multiple Indexes
27347 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27351 Note that the list of
27352 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27356 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27359 below already contains the standard index.
27360 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
27361 also appear as a heading) to the
27362 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27366 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27369 input field and press the
27370 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27374 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27378 The new index should now appear in the list as well.
27379 If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
27380 by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
27381 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27384 Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27386 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27390 The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different
27391 indexes in the LyX work area.
27394 \begin_layout Standard
27395 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
27398 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27400 \begin_inset space ~
27404 \begin_inset space ~
27413 menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
27414 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
27415 are some additional features:
27418 \begin_layout Itemize
27419 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
27420 on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
27423 \begin_layout Itemize
27424 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
27425 Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
27426 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27430 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27434 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
27436 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27439 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
27440 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
27441 to the non-subindexes.
27444 \begin_layout Section
27445 Nomenclature / Glossary
27446 \begin_inset Index idx
27449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27456 \begin_inset Index idx
27459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27488 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27490 name "sec:Nomenclature"
27497 \begin_layout Standard
27498 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
27499 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
27503 \begin_layout Standard
27504 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
27509 \begin_inset Index idx
27512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27513 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
27519 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
27520 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27526 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
27529 \begin_layout Standard
27530 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
27531 and then use the menu
27533 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27539 \begin_inset space ~
27544 or the toolbar button
27545 \begin_inset Graphics
27546 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
27548 groupId toolbarbuttons
27554 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27562 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27565 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
27568 \begin_layout Standard
27569 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
27570 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
27571 The second is the description of the symbol.
27574 \begin_layout Standard
27575 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27583 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
27591 \begin_layout Subsection
27592 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
27593 \begin_inset Index idx
27596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27597 Nomenclature ! Layout
27605 \begin_layout Standard
27606 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
27610 field as LaTeX-formulas.
27612 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27616 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27620 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27624 \begin_inset Newline newline
27632 \begin_inset Newline newline
27638 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27642 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27645 character starts/ends the formula.
27646 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
27648 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27654 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27658 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
27668 \begin_layout Standard
27669 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
27670 \begin_inset space ~
27674 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27676 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27683 \begin_layout Standard
27687 \begin_inset space ~
27692 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
27693 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
27694 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27698 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27702 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27705 in this document is:
27706 \begin_inset Newline newline
27711 dummy entry for the character
27716 \begin_inset Newline newline
27728 \begin_inset space ~
27738 font use the command
27767 \begin_layout Subsection
27768 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
27769 \begin_inset Index idx
27772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27773 Nomenclature ! Sort order
27781 \begin_layout Standard
27782 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
27783 the symbol definition.
27784 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
27785 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
27788 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27789 LatexCommand nomenclature
27791 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
27798 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27802 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27803 LatexCommand nomenclature
27806 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
27811 They will be sorted by
27812 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27820 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27824 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27834 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27838 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27841 will be sorted before the
27845 since the character
27846 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27850 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27853 is considered in sorting.
27856 \begin_layout Standard
27857 To control the sort order, you can edit the
27860 \begin_inset space ~
27865 field of the nomenclature dialog.
27866 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
27868 For the example given, you can insert
27872 in this field for the
27873 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27880 will be located before
27881 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27887 \begin_layout Standard
27888 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
27893 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27902 \begin_layout Subsection
27903 Nomenclature Options
27904 \begin_inset Index idx
27907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27908 Nomenclature ! Options
27916 \begin_layout Standard
27921 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
27922 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
27925 \begin_layout Description
27926 refeq Appends the phrase
27927 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27939 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27942 to every nomenclature entry, where
27948 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
27951 \begin_layout Description
27952 refpage Appends the phrase
27953 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27965 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27968 to every nomenclature entry, where
27974 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
27977 \begin_layout Description
27978 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
27981 \begin_layout Standard
27982 There are furthermore the options
28026 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
28030 \begin_layout Standard
28031 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
28032 class options list in the
28034 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28038 In this document the option
28045 \begin_layout Standard
28046 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28052 \begin_layout Standard
28053 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
28054 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
28059 field in the nomenclature dialog:
28062 \begin_layout Description
28072 \begin_layout Description
28075 nomrefpage Like the
28082 \begin_layout Description
28085 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
28094 \begin_layout Description
28098 \begin_inset space ~
28104 \begin_inset space ~
28109 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
28112 \begin_layout Subsection
28113 Printing the Nomenclature
28114 \begin_inset Index idx
28117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28118 Nomenclature ! Printing
28126 \begin_layout Standard
28127 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
28129 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28131 \begin_inset space ~
28135 \begin_inset space ~
28138 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28142 A light blue box labeled
28143 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28151 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28154 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
28155 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
28158 \begin_layout Standard
28159 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
28160 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28164 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28168 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
28176 For example, in order to change the name to
28180 , add the following line to the preamble:
28183 \begin_layout Standard
28191 nomname}{List of Symbols}
28194 \begin_layout Standard
28195 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28201 \begin_layout Standard
28202 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
28203 by adding the following line to the preamble:
28206 \begin_layout Standard
28214 nomlabelwidth}{width}
28217 \begin_layout Standard
28220 where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
28221 \begin_inset space ~
28225 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28227 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
28232 The default value is 1
28233 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28239 \begin_layout Subsection
28240 Nomenclature Program
28241 \begin_inset Index idx
28244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28245 Nomenclature ! Program
28251 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28253 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
28260 \begin_layout Standard
28261 LyX uses the program
28265 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
28266 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
28271 by adding options, see section
28272 \begin_inset space ~
28276 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28278 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
28283 The available options are listed and explained in
28284 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28286 key "nomencl,makeindex"
28293 \begin_layout Section
28295 \begin_inset Index idx
28298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28305 \begin_inset Index idx
28308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28309 Document ! Branches
28315 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28317 name "sec:Branches"
28324 \begin_layout Standard
28325 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
28326 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
28327 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
28328 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
28331 \begin_layout Standard
28332 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
28333 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
28334 To create a branch, either select the menu
28336 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28337 Branch\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28340 (if you just want to specify a new branch) or go in the
28342 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28349 , where you can specify and change the name of the branch, its activation
28350 state (whether the content of the branch is shown in the output or not),
28351 its background color inside LyX and whether the name of the branch should
28352 be appended to the document file name on export if the branch is active
28353 (see below for an example).
28354 Furthermore, the dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch
28355 to the name of the other) and to add
28356 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28360 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28364 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28368 \begin_inset space ~
28371 branches that were added to the document via copy and paste from other documents
28372 , without having being defined) to the document's branch list.
28375 \begin_layout Standard
28376 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
28377 These boxes are inserted via the menu
28379 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28382 where you can choose a branch.
28383 You can later change the activation state of the branch by right-clicking
28387 \begin_layout Standard
28388 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
28389 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
28392 \begin_layout Standard
28393 \begin_inset Branch Question
28396 \begin_layout Standard
28397 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
28405 \begin_layout Standard
28406 \begin_inset Branch Answer
28409 \begin_layout Standard
28410 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
28418 \begin_layout Standard
28425 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28426 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28429 , the name of the active branches will be appended to the file name at export.
28430 Consider for example a file
28431 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28435 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28438 which has the above branches.
28440 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28444 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28447 is active, the PDF export file would be called
28448 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28456 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28460 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28464 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28468 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28471 branch were inactive,
28472 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28476 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28480 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28484 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28487 branch was active, likewise
28488 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28492 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28496 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28500 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28503 branch was active, and
28504 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28507 Exam-Question-Answer.pdf
28508 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28511 if both branches were active.
28512 This helps you to easily export different versions of your document without
28516 \begin_layout Standard
28517 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28523 \begin_layout Standard
28524 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
28525 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
28527 For example you can define for the question branch
28531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28532 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
28533 \begin_inset space ~
28537 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28539 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28551 \begin_layout Standard
28561 \begin_layout Standard
28571 \begin_layout Standard
28572 and for the answer branch
28575 \begin_layout Standard
28585 \begin_layout Standard
28595 \begin_layout Standard
28596 \begin_inset Branch Question
28599 \begin_layout Standard
28603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28631 \begin_layout Standard
28632 \begin_inset Branch Answer
28635 \begin_layout Standard
28639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28667 \begin_layout Standard
28668 Now it is possible to use the commands
28672 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
28679 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
28682 to obtain conditional output.
28683 Here is an example formula where only the
28690 \begin_inset Formula \[
28691 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.
28699 \begin_layout Standard
28700 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
28708 \begin_layout Section
28710 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28712 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
28717 \begin_inset Index idx
28720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28729 \begin_layout Standard
28734 dialog allows you in the
28738 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
28739 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
28744 \begin_inset Index idx
28747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28748 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
28756 \begin_layout Standard
28761 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
28762 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
28763 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
28765 You can specify in the dialog tab
28769 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
28771 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
28772 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
28776 \begin_layout Standard
28781 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
28782 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
28783 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
28785 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
28786 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
28788 \begin_inset space ~
28791 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
28792 \begin_inset space ~
28795 1 will only display the sections.
28798 \begin_layout Standard
28799 The header information in the dialog tab
28803 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
28804 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
28805 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28809 \begin_inset space \space{}
28812 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
28813 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
28816 Automatic fill header
28818 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
28819 title and author settings.
28822 \begin_layout Standard
28825 Load in fullscreen mode
28827 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
28830 \begin_layout Standard
28831 PDF properties are also used in this document.
28832 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
28838 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
28839 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28848 \begin_layout Section
28849 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
28850 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28852 name "sec:TeX-Code"
28859 \begin_layout Subsection
28861 \begin_inset Index idx
28864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28871 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28873 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
28880 \begin_layout Standard
28881 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
28882 constructs, but not all.
28883 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
28884 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
28885 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
28886 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
28887 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
28891 \begin_layout Standard
28892 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
28894 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
28896 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28898 \begin_inset space ~
28903 or by the toolbar button
28904 \begin_inset Graphics
28905 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
28907 groupId toolbarbuttons
28912 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
28916 \begin_layout Standard
28917 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
28918 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
28919 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore
28920 using the LaTeX-command
28926 , you can write the command part
28932 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
28936 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
28937 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
28938 the following example:
28941 \begin_layout Standard
28942 \begin_inset Graphics
28943 filename clipart/ERT.png
28951 \begin_layout Standard
28955 \begin_layout Standard
28956 This is a line with a
28960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28983 \begin_layout Standard
28984 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28992 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
28993 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
29001 \begin_layout Subsection
29002 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
29003 \begin_inset Argument
29006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29013 \begin_inset Index idx
29016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29023 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29025 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29032 \begin_layout Standard
29033 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
29034 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
29035 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
29036 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29040 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29044 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
29045 any time if you know the right commands.
29047 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29051 \begin_inset space \space{}
29054 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
29056 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
29057 all caption labels bold.
29058 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
29060 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
29064 \begin_layout Standard
29065 Now LaTeX comes into play.
29066 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
29067 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
29069 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29078 \begin_layout Standard
29079 As result you know that the package
29084 \begin_inset Index idx
29087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29088 LaTeX-packages ! caption
29094 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
29096 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29102 \begin_layout Standard
29107 usepackage[options]{package name}
29110 \begin_layout Standard
29111 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
29112 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
29113 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
29116 \begin_layout Standard
29117 In your case the package name is
29122 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
29127 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
29128 So you add the command
29131 \begin_layout Standard
29136 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
29139 \begin_layout Standard
29140 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
29144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29145 For more commands provided by the
29149 package, have a look at its documentation,
29150 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29164 \begin_layout Standard
29165 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
29167 For example if you use a
29171 class, you don't need the package
29175 , you can instead write
29178 \begin_layout Standard
29183 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
29188 \begin_layout Standard
29189 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
29190 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
29191 documentation of the document class you want to use.
29198 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
29201 \begin_layout Standard
29202 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
29203 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
29205 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
29206 the previous section.
29209 \begin_layout Standard
29210 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
29212 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29214 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
29222 \begin_layout Section
29223 Previewing Snippets of your Document
29224 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29226 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
29231 \begin_inset Index idx
29234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29241 \begin_inset Index idx
29244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29253 \begin_layout Standard
29254 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
29255 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
29256 to break your train of thought with
29258 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29264 \begin_layout Standard
29265 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
29266 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
29271 \begin_inset Index idx
29274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29275 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
29280 as explained below, and turn on
29283 \begin_inset space ~
29290 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29294 \begin_inset space ~
29298 \begin_inset space ~
29301 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29306 \begin_inset space ~
29311 is the multiplication factor for the size.
29314 \begin_layout Standard
29315 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
29317 Previews of an already loaded document are
29321 generated just by selecting the
29324 \begin_inset space ~
29329 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
29332 \begin_layout Standard
29333 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
29334 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
29337 \begin_inset space ~
29342 check box in the insert dialog.
29343 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
29347 \begin_layout Standard
29348 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
29352 (on some systems named simply
29357 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29359 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29365 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29366 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
29374 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
29378 \begin_layout Standard
29379 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
29385 \begin_layout Standard
29386 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
29390 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29392 \begin_inset space ~
29397 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
29398 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
29400 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
29401 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
29402 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
29403 the source view window.
29406 \begin_layout Section
29407 Advanced Find and Replace
29408 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29410 name "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
29415 \begin_inset Index idx
29418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29425 \begin_inset Index idx
29428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29437 \begin_layout Subsection
29441 \begin_layout Standard
29442 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX allows for searching of complex,
29443 format-sensitive text segments and mathematics contents within LyX documents.
29444 It is an enhancement of the standard (quick) find and replace feature.
29445 The key-features are:
29448 \begin_layout Itemize
29449 Both searching of text and of mathematical formulas is allowed, where the
29450 latter is done by entering mathematics in the usual way; not only entire
29451 mathematical formulas are found, but also parts occurring within more complex
29455 \begin_layout Itemize
29456 Search may be format-insensitive, so that the searched text is found in
29457 any context/style (standard text, section headings, notes, and even mathematics
29458 ), or it may be format-sensitive, so that, for example, a word entered with
29459 a section heading will only be found within section headings
29462 \begin_layout Itemize
29463 Search may be widened to a specific
29468 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29472 \begin_inset space ~
29475 a set of files which may be all the children of the document being edited,
29476 all the open files, or all the manuals available from the
29483 \begin_layout Itemize
29484 Replace may optionally preserve capitalization, so that the replaced text
29485 capitalization is adapted to the matching text (i.
29486 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29490 \begin_inset space ~
29493 all lowercase, all uppercase, first uppercase followed by lowercase)
29496 \begin_layout Subsection
29500 \begin_layout Standard
29501 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX is activated through the menu
29504 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29517 arg "dialog-show findreplaceadv"
29520 ) or the toolbar button
29521 \begin_inset Graphics
29522 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_findreplaceadv.png
29524 groupId toolbarbuttons
29531 Advanced Find and Replace
29536 \begin_layout Subsubsection
29540 \begin_layout Standard
29545 LyX mini-editor a simple word, and search for occurrences of it by clicking
29550 button at the bottom of the dialog (or just press the
29555 The entered word is found both in text mode and in math mode, and in emphasized
29556 , bold or normal face, and in both in section titles and in standard text.
29557 Pressing repeatedly
29561 keeps searching forward.
29562 Similarly, pressing
29566 searches for the entered text backwards.
29569 \begin_layout Standard
29570 While searching, the
29574 option allows matches to occur only with the same case as entered in the
29584 option allows matches to occur only at word boundaries.
29587 \begin_layout Subsubsection
29588 Searching for mathematics
29591 \begin_layout Standard
29592 Mathematical formulas may be searched for by typing in the
29596 editor a mathematical formula, such as
29597 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
29600 or also something more complex like
29601 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}$
29605 When searching for a formula, it is found both when it is alone and when
29606 it occurs in sub-formulas and nested parts of sub-formulas, for example
29607 the mentioned segments would be found in something like
29608 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{\sqrt{\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}}}.$
29614 \begin_layout Subsubsection
29618 \begin_layout Standard
29619 It is also possible to search for text with specific styles.
29620 This is done by switching to the
29624 tab of the dialog and unchecking the
29629 This way, entering in the
29636 \begin_layout Itemize
29637 a plain word and searching for it would not find instances of the word occurring
29638 in emphasized or boldface.
29641 \begin_layout Itemize
29642 an emphasized or boldface word and searching for it would find the respective
29643 instances with same face only, and within the same text style only.
29644 Note that, for example, an emphasized text is found not only when occurring
29645 alone, but also when it is contained in a longer emphasized sentence.
29648 \begin_layout Itemize
29649 a plain word in a section heading, and searching for it, finds occurrences
29650 of if only within section headings.
29651 Also, if the text to search is given an emphasized or bold face, in addition
29652 to a section style, then it is found only when occurring with the same
29656 \begin_layout Itemize
29657 some mathematics in a displayed formula will only find instances of this
29658 formula that are also displayed formulas (and not inline formulas).
29661 \begin_layout Subsubsection
29665 \begin_layout Standard
29666 The text segments matching the text entered in the
29670 editor may be replaced with the text segments entered in the
29678 In order to find the next occurrence and replace it, click on the
29682 button or alternatively
29704 \begin_layout Standard
29705 You can replace full-featured formatted LyX segments in place of the matching
29706 text segments in your document.
29707 Typical scenarios in which to use this capability may be (just to mention
29711 \begin_layout Itemize
29712 replacing occurrences of a word with a customized formatted version of the
29713 same word, for example replacing occurrences of a name like
29714 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29718 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29721 with its typewriter version
29724 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29728 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29734 \begin_layout Itemize
29735 performing a notation rework of mathematical symbols, for example replacing
29737 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29741 \begin_inset Formula $R$
29745 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29749 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29753 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{R}$
29757 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29760 (you may want to enable the
29768 options and disable the
29776 tab, in order to avoid replacing all
29777 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29781 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29784 letters occurring in normal text), or occurrences of
29785 \begin_inset Formula $x_{j}^{i}$
29789 \begin_inset Formula $x_{i,\, j}$
29792 , or occurrences of
29793 \begin_inset Formula $x[k]$
29797 \begin_inset Formula $x_{k}$
29803 \begin_layout Subsection
29807 \begin_layout Standard
29808 There is a regular expression (regexp) based searching facility.
29812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29813 A good explanation of regular expressions is given in this Wikipedia entry:
29815 \begin_inset CommandInset href
29817 target "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression"
29826 You can search for regular expression by inserting a regexp inset into
29832 This is done via the menu
29834 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29835 Insert Regular Expression
29843 ) while the cursor is in the
29848 Characters entered within regexp insets are matched according to the regular
29849 expression matching rules
29853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29854 Under the constraint that any (sub)expression must match a well-formed LyX
29856 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29860 \begin_inset space ~
29863 when matching LaTeX code, no segments with unbalanced {} braces are allowed
29864 to match expressions.
29869 , while text entered outside regexp insets is matched exactly against the
29870 same text in the document.
29871 Note that it is allowed to cut and paste regexp-mode insets as usual.
29872 Examples of using such a feature may be:
29875 \begin_layout Enumerate
29876 Searching for all fractions with a given denominator: for example, entering
29881 editor the fraction
29882 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{.*}{1+x^{2}}$
29886 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
29889 on the numerator is the match-everything regular expression) finds all
29890 fractions with the given denominator.
29893 \begin_layout Enumerate
29894 Searching for all text with a given style: for example, after unchecking
29906 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
29911 regular expression and adding for it an emphasized or bold face, finds
29912 all emphasized and bold face text, respectively.
29914 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
29917 regular expression in a bullet or enumerated list or a section heading,
29918 you can find all bullet or enumerated lists or section headings.
29921 \begin_layout Standard
29922 Finally, references to (sub)expressions in regexp may be used as usual,
29923 enclosing parts of the expression within round braces
29924 \begin_inset Formula $()$
29927 , and referring back to them through
29928 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
29932 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash2$
29936 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash$
29939 symbol is entered in regexp mode by pressing twice the backslash key.
29940 For example, try searching for the regexp
29941 \begin_inset Formula $([a-z]+)[[:blank:]]\backslash1$
29944 in order to find word repetitions, if there are any.
29947 \begin_layout Standard
29948 Note that back references work both when occurring within the same regexp,
29949 and when occurring in multiple different regexps, where the numbering of
29950 back-referenced sub-expressions is absolute, i.
29951 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29955 \begin_inset space ~
29959 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
29962 always refers to the first occurrence of
29963 \begin_inset Formula $()$
29966 in all entered regexps.
29969 \begin_layout Standard
29970 Note also that the use of back references in the replaced text is not (yet)
29974 \begin_layout Section
29976 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29978 name "sec:Spellchecking"
29983 \begin_inset Index idx
29986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29995 \begin_layout Standard
29996 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
29997 Rather it uses one of the external programs
30014 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
30020 can be seen as the successor to
30028 , it supports multiple languages in parallel, so it is recommended to use
30034 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
30035 The used spell checker and its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
30043 \begin_layout Standard
30044 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
30045 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
30052 \begin_layout Standard
30055 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30058 or the toolbar button
30059 \begin_inset Graphics
30060 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
30062 groupId toolbarbuttons
30066 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
30067 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
30068 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
30069 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
30070 scrolled so that it is visible.
30075 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
30077 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
30081 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
30082 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
30085 \begin_layout Standard
30086 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
30089 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30093 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
30094 will bring an error message.
30095 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
30096 specifying a different
30098 Alternative language
30100 in preferences dialog.
30103 \begin_layout Standard
30104 After a spell check you will be informed about the number of checked words.
30107 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
30111 \begin_layout Standard
30112 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
30113 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
30115 But you can use the
30118 \begin_inset space ~
30122 \begin_inset space ~
30130 \begin_layout Standard
30131 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
30132 This does work with
30136 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
30139 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
30143 \begin_layout Standard
30148 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
30151 \begin_layout Description
30153 \begin_inset space ~
30156 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
30157 should consider, e.
30158 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30162 \begin_inset space \space{}
30165 German umlauts although you are spell checking an English document.
30166 This should not normally be needed.
30169 \begin_layout Description
30171 \begin_inset space ~
30174 dictionary to use a different file as your personal dictionary instead of
30175 the spell checker's default choice
30178 \begin_layout Description
30180 \begin_inset space ~
30184 \begin_inset space ~
30187 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
30189 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30193 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30199 \begin_layout Description
30201 \begin_inset space ~
30205 \begin_inset space ~
30208 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
30210 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30217 also for the spellchecker.
30221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30222 The encodings are explained in section
30223 \begin_inset space ~
30227 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
30229 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
30238 Only enable this if you use
30242 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
30243 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
30244 so this is disabled by default.
30247 \begin_layout Section
30249 \begin_inset Index idx
30252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30259 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30261 name "sec:Thesaurus"
30268 \begin_layout Standard
30269 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
30270 It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
30279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30280 \begin_inset CommandInset href
30282 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
30291 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
30292 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
30293 are available for many languages.
30296 \begin_layout Standard
30297 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
30301 \begin_layout Subsection
30302 Setting up the thesaurus
30305 \begin_layout Standard
30310 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
30315 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
30320 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
30322 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30326 en_EN for English).
30327 For instance, the English files are named:
30330 \begin_layout Itemize
30334 \begin_layout Itemize
30338 \begin_layout Standard
30339 If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
30340 already on your system.
30341 If not, you can get dictionaries from the site
30342 \begin_inset Flex URL
30345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30347 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
30353 Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, these files are usually packed in extension
30358 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
30360 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
30361 unpack a zip archive.
30364 \begin_layout Standard
30373 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
30374 s), and specify the path to this directory in
30376 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30377 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30381 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
30384 \begin_layout Subsection
30385 Using the thesaurus
30388 \begin_layout Standard
30389 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
30391 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30394 or the toolbar button
30395 \begin_inset Graphics
30396 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
30398 groupId toolbarbuttons
30402 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
30404 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
30406 The proposals are grouped into categories.
30407 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
30408 and hyponyms (such as
30416 ), compounds (such as
30420 ) and antonyms (such as
30428 ), which are marked as such.
30431 \begin_layout Standard
30432 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
30433 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
30437 \begin_layout Standard
30438 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
30439 the dictionary, such as the above
30443 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
30444 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30448 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
30449 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
30450 For example looking up the word forms
30458 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
30463 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
30464 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30476 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
30477 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
30478 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
30481 \begin_layout Subsection
30482 License of the Thesaurus library
30485 \begin_layout Standard
30490 library, which is used by LyX for the thesaurus, was created by
30495 as a standalone program.
30496 Version 1.1 of the library is included in LyX.
30497 The library was released under the
30499 Berkeley Database License
30501 , which is compatible with LyX's license, the GPL.
30502 In order to meet the requirements of the Berkeley Database License, the
30503 MyThes license file is included in the LyX sources in the folder
30505 ~src/support/mythes/license.readme
30508 In LyX Windows installations it is additionally available in the file
30512 that is in the same folder as the file lyx.exe.
30515 \begin_layout Section
30517 \begin_inset Index idx
30520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30527 \begin_inset Index idx
30530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30531 Document ! Change Tracking
30537 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30539 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
30546 \begin_layout Standard
30547 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
30548 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
30549 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
30550 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
30552 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30554 \begin_inset space ~
30557 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30559 \begin_inset space ~
30567 \begin_layout Standard
30568 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
30582 The color depends on the author that made the change.
30583 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
30586 \begin_inset space ~
30590 \begin_inset space ~
30600 \begin_inset Index idx
30603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30604 Color ! Change tracking
30609 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
30610 the cursor is in changed text.
30611 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
30612 \begin_inset Graphics
30613 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
30615 groupId toolbarbuttons
30622 \begin_layout Standard
30623 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
30624 \begin_inset Index idx
30627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30636 \begin_layout Standard
30637 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
30643 \begin_layout Standard
30644 \begin_inset Graphics
30645 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
30653 \begin_layout Standard
30654 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
30660 \begin_layout Standard
30661 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
30665 \begin_layout Standard
30666 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
30672 \begin_layout Standard
30673 \begin_inset Tabular
30674 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
30675 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
30676 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
30677 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
30678 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
30679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30683 \begin_inset Graphics
30684 filename ../images/changes-track.png
30686 groupId toolbarbuttons
30695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30701 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30703 \begin_inset space ~
30706 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30708 \begin_inset space ~
30717 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
30718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30722 \begin_inset Graphics
30723 filename ../images/changes-output.png
30725 groupId toolbarbuttons
30734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30740 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30742 \begin_inset space ~
30745 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30747 \begin_inset space ~
30751 \begin_inset space ~
30755 \begin_inset space ~
30764 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
30765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30769 \begin_inset Graphics
30770 filename ../images/change-next.png
30772 groupId toolbarbuttons
30781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30785 Jumps to the next change
30791 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
30792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30796 \begin_inset Graphics
30797 filename ../images/change-accept.png
30799 groupId toolbarbuttons
30808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30814 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30816 \begin_inset space ~
30819 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30821 \begin_inset space ~
30830 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
30831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30835 \begin_inset Graphics
30836 filename ../images/change-reject.png
30838 groupId toolbarbuttons
30847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30853 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30855 \begin_inset space ~
30858 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30860 \begin_inset space ~
30869 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
30870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30874 \begin_inset Graphics
30875 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
30877 groupId toolbarbuttons
30886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30892 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30894 \begin_inset space ~
30897 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30899 \begin_inset space ~
30908 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
30909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30913 \begin_inset Graphics
30914 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
30916 groupId toolbarbuttons
30925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30931 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30933 \begin_inset space ~
30936 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30938 \begin_inset space ~
30942 \begin_inset space ~
30951 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
30952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30956 \begin_inset Graphics
30957 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
30959 groupId toolbarbuttons
30968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30974 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30976 \begin_inset space ~
30979 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30981 \begin_inset space ~
30985 \begin_inset space ~
30994 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
30995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30999 \begin_inset Graphics
31000 filename ../images/note-insert.png
31002 groupId toolbarbuttons
31011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31017 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31018 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31020 \begin_inset space ~
31029 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31034 \begin_inset Graphics
31035 filename ../images/note-next.png
31037 groupId toolbarbuttons
31046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31052 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31054 \begin_inset space ~
31070 \begin_layout Standard
31071 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
31077 \begin_layout Standard
31078 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
31079 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
31080 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
31081 the next change after the current cursor position.
31082 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
31083 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
31084 step to the next change.
31085 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
31088 \begin_layout Standard
31089 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
31090 to describe a change.
31093 \begin_layout Standard
31094 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
31099 \begin_inset Index idx
31102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31103 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
31109 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
31110 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
31116 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
31119 \begin_layout Section
31120 International Support
31121 \begin_inset Index idx
31124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31125 International support
31133 \begin_layout Standard
31134 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
31135 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
31136 how to set up LyX to use them:
31137 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
31139 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
31146 \begin_layout Standard
31147 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
31148 \begin_inset space ~
31152 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
31154 reference "sub:Special-Character"
31161 \begin_layout Subsection
31163 \begin_inset Index idx
31166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31173 \begin_inset Index idx
31176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31177 Document ! Settings
31183 \begin_inset Index idx
31186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31187 Document ! Language
31195 \begin_layout Standard
31198 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31201 dialog lets you set
31203 the language and character encoding for your language.
31207 \begin_layout Standard
31208 Choose your language in the
31212 section of this dialog.
31220 \begin_layout Standard
31225 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
31230 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
31231 For details about the different encoding options see section
31232 \begin_inset space ~
31236 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
31238 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
31245 \begin_layout Subsection
31246 Keyboard mapping configuration
31247 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31249 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
31256 \begin_layout Standard
31257 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language
31258 other than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
31259 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
31260 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
31261 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
31263 \begin_inset space ~
31267 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
31269 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
31274 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
31275 which one you want to use.
31278 \begin_layout Standard
31279 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
31280 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
31281 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
31282 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
31283 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
31284 one to support the characters you want.
31285 This and many other customizations are explained in the
31292 \begin_layout Subsection
31296 \begin_layout Standard
31298 \begin_inset space ~
31302 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
31304 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
31313 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
31317 \begin_layout Standard
31318 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
31319 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
31327 \begin_layout Itemize
31328 Even if you have selected
31334 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31337 dialog, users who have only the
31341 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
31345 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
31346 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
31347 french quotes won't show up.
31350 \begin_layout Standard
31351 \begin_inset Float table
31356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31357 \begin_inset Caption
31359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31360 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31362 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
31378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31380 \begin_inset Tabular
31381 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
31382 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
31383 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31384 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31385 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31386 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31387 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31388 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31389 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31390 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31391 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31392 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31393 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31394 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31395 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31396 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31397 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31398 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31399 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32252 \begin_inset Quotes eld
32260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35812 \begin_layout Standard
35813 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
35815 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
35816 also the characters from
35828 \begin_layout Itemize
35837 \begin_layout Standard
35838 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
35839 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35845 \begin_layout Standard
35846 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
35847 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35853 \begin_layout Standard
35854 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
35855 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35861 \begin_layout Standard
35862 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
35863 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35869 \begin_layout Standard
35871 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35877 \begin_layout Standard
35879 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35885 \begin_layout Standard
35887 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35894 \begin_layout Itemize
35907 \begin_layout Standard
35909 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35915 \begin_layout Standard
35917 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35923 \begin_layout Standard
35925 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35931 \begin_layout Standard
35933 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35939 \begin_layout Standard
35941 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35947 \begin_layout Standard
35949 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
35956 \begin_layout Standard
35957 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
35958 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
35959 Also make sure you're using the
35966 \begin_layout Chapter
35969 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35971 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
35978 \begin_layout Standard
35979 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
35980 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
35981 topic inside the user's guide.
35984 \begin_layout Section
35986 \begin_inset Index idx
35989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35998 \begin_layout Standard
36003 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
36004 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
36007 \begin_layout Subsection
36011 \begin_layout Standard
36012 Creates a new document.
36015 \begin_layout Subsection
36019 \begin_layout Standard
36020 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
36021 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
36022 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
36025 \begin_layout Subsection
36029 \begin_layout Standard
36033 \begin_layout Subsection
36037 \begin_layout Standard
36038 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
36039 Click there on a file to open it.
36042 \begin_layout Subsection
36046 \begin_layout Standard
36047 Closes the current document.
36050 \begin_layout Subsection
36054 \begin_layout Standard
36055 Closes all opened documents.
36058 \begin_layout Subsection
36062 \begin_layout Standard
36063 Saves the actual document.
36066 \begin_layout Subsection
36070 \begin_layout Standard
36071 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
36074 \begin_layout Subsection
36078 \begin_layout Standard
36079 Saves all opened documents.
36082 \begin_layout Subsection
36086 \begin_layout Standard
36087 Reloads the actual document from disk.
36090 \begin_layout Subsection
36094 \begin_layout Standard
36095 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
36096 It is described in the section
36098 Version Control in LyX
36102 Additional Features
36107 \begin_layout Subsection
36111 \begin_layout Standard
36112 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
36113 NoWeb-files, plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files
36114 (CSV) as a new LyX-document.
36115 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
36118 \begin_layout Standard
36119 When using the menu entry
36122 \begin_inset space ~
36127 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
36131 \begin_inset space ~
36135 \begin_inset space ~
36140 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
36141 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
36144 \begin_layout Subsection
36146 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36155 \begin_layout Standard
36156 You can export your document to various file formats.
36157 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
36158 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
36159 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
36162 \begin_layout Standard
36163 Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail
36165 \begin_inset space ~
36169 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36171 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
36178 \begin_layout Description
36182 \begin_inset space ~
36187 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
36189 \begin_inset Newline newline
36192 Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.
36195 \begin_layout Description
36203 \begin_layout Description
36204 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and may not
36208 \begin_layout Description
36210 \begin_inset space ~
36214 \begin_inset space ~
36217 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
36221 ; as a consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and
36229 \begin_layout Description
36236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36244 \begin_inset space ~
36249 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
36250 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
36254 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
36257 \begin_layout Description
36264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36272 \begin_inset space ~
36277 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
36278 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
36286 \begin_layout Description
36288 \begin_inset space ~
36291 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable by the LyX versions 1.y.x (
36292 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36296 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36299 is replaced by the version number)
36302 \begin_layout Description
36303 LyXHTML HTML-format, using LyX's internal XHTML engine
36306 \begin_layout Description
36307 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
36320 (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
36324 \begin_layout Description
36328 \begin_inset space ~
36333 PDF-format using the program
36338 \begin_layout Description
36342 \begin_inset space ~
36347 PDF-format using the program
36352 \begin_layout Description
36356 \begin_inset space ~
36361 PDF-format using the program
36366 \begin_layout Description
36370 \begin_inset space ~
36378 \begin_layout Description
36382 \begin_inset space ~
36386 \begin_inset space ~
36391 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
36392 and then exported as text using the program
36397 \begin_layout Description
36402 PostScript format using the program
36407 \begin_layout Description
36415 \begin_layout Standard
36420 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
36421 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
36427 produces PDF-files directly and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
36430 \begin_layout Standard
36431 If one of the menu entries
36438 \begin_inset space ~
36447 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
36448 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
36449 \begin_inset space ~
36453 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36455 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
36460 \begin_inset Index idx
36463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36464 Reconfiguration of LyX
36472 \begin_layout Standard
36477 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
36478 the export program.
36481 \begin_layout Subsection
36485 \begin_layout Standard
36486 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
36487 format or send it to a printer.
36488 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
36489 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
36495 For more information have a look at section
36496 \begin_inset space ~
36500 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36502 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
36509 \begin_layout Subsection
36513 \begin_layout Standard
36514 This menu entry will only appear when you have a fax program installed (on
36515 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
36516 prefix, see section
36517 \begin_inset space ~
36521 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36523 reference "sec:Paths"
36528 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
36537 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
36538 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
36539 \begin_inset space ~
36543 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36545 reference "sub:Converters"
36552 \begin_layout Subsection
36553 New and Close Window
36556 \begin_layout Standard
36557 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
36560 \begin_layout Subsection
36564 \begin_layout Standard
36565 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
36568 \begin_layout Section
36570 \begin_inset Index idx
36573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36582 \begin_layout Subsection
36586 \begin_layout Standard
36587 Described in section
36588 \begin_inset space ~
36592 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36594 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
36601 \begin_layout Subsection
36602 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
36605 \begin_layout Standard
36606 Described in section
36607 \begin_inset space ~
36611 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36613 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
36620 \begin_layout Subsection
36624 \begin_layout Standard
36625 Selects the whole document.
36628 \begin_layout Subsection
36632 \begin_layout Standard
36633 Described in section
36634 \begin_inset space ~
36638 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36640 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
36647 \begin_layout Subsection
36648 Move Paragraph Up/Down
36651 \begin_layout Standard
36652 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
36656 \begin_layout Subsection
36660 \begin_layout Standard
36661 Described in section
36662 \begin_inset space ~
36666 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36668 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
36675 \begin_layout Subsection
36677 \begin_inset Index idx
36680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36681 Paragraph ! Settings
36689 \begin_layout Standard
36690 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
36691 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently.
36694 \begin_layout Standard
36695 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
36696 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
36698 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36704 \begin_inset space ~
36712 \begin_layout Subsection
36713 Table Settings and Math
36716 \begin_layout Standard
36717 These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table
36719 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
36720 The properties of tables are described in section
36721 \begin_inset space ~
36725 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36727 reference "sec:Tables"
36731 , the properties of formulas in chapter
36732 \begin_inset space ~
36736 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36738 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
36745 \begin_layout Subsection
36746 Increase / Decrease List Depth
36749 \begin_layout Standard
36750 These menu entries are only active when the cursor is in an environment
36751 that can be nested.
36752 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
36753 \begin_inset space ~
36757 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36759 reference "sec:Nesting"
36764 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36766 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
36773 \begin_layout Section
36775 \begin_inset Index idx
36778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36787 \begin_layout Standard
36792 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
36793 document with an external program.
36794 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
36795 — it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
36796 All possible formats are formats listed in section
36797 \begin_inset space ~
36801 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36803 reference "sub:Export"
36808 You should at least see the menu entries
36815 \begin_inset space ~
36821 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
36822 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
36823 \begin_inset space ~
36827 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36829 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
36834 \begin_inset Index idx
36837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36838 Reconfiguration of LyX
36846 \begin_layout Standard
36847 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
36848 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
36849 \begin_inset space ~
36853 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36855 reference "sec:File-Formats"
36860 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
36863 \begin_layout Standard
36864 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
36867 At the bottom of the
36871 menu the opened documents are listed.
36874 \begin_layout Subsection
36875 Open/Close all Insets
36878 \begin_layout Standard
36879 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
36882 \begin_layout Subsection
36883 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
36886 \begin_layout Standard
36887 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
36890 \begin_layout Standard
36891 Math macros are described in the
36898 \begin_layout Subsection
36902 \begin_layout Standard
36903 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
36905 \begin_inset space ~
36909 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36911 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
36918 \begin_layout Subsection
36922 \begin_layout Standard
36923 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
36924 opening a new view window.
36927 \begin_layout Subsection
36931 \begin_layout Standard
36932 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
36933 This allows you to view documents the same time to compare them, or to
36934 view the same document, but at different positions.
36935 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
36936 or more documents at the same time.
36937 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
36944 \begin_layout Subsection
36948 \begin_layout Standard
36949 Closes a split view.
36952 \begin_layout Subsection
36956 \begin_layout Standard
36957 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
36958 so that you will see nothing but your text.
36959 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
36960 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
36961 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu.
36964 \begin_layout Subsection
36966 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36968 name "sub:Toolbars"
36973 \begin_inset Index idx
36976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36985 \begin_layout Standard
36986 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
36987 All toolbars and the
36990 \begin_inset space ~
36995 can be turned on and off.
37000 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
37012 \begin_inset space ~
37021 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
37025 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
37032 \begin_layout Standard
37037 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
37041 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
37042 or when a certain feature is enabled.
37043 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
37044 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
37045 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
37048 \begin_layout Standard
37049 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
37050 \begin_inset space ~
37054 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37056 reference "sec:Toolbars"
37063 \begin_layout Section
37065 \begin_inset Index idx
37068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37077 \begin_layout Subsection
37081 \begin_layout Standard
37082 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
37083 \begin_inset space ~
37087 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37089 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
37100 \begin_layout Subsection
37102 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37104 name "sub:Special-Character"
37111 \begin_layout Standard
37112 Here you can insert the following characters:
37115 \begin_layout Description
37116 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
37117 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
37118 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
37119 \begin_inset Newline newline
37123 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
37126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37131 Not all characters will be visible in the
37135 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
37137 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37141 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37143 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
37147 ) can display every character.
37155 \begin_layout Description
37156 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
37160 \begin_layout Description
37162 \begin_inset space ~
37166 \begin_inset space ~
37169 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
37170 \begin_inset space ~
37174 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37176 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
37183 \begin_layout Description
37185 \begin_inset space ~
37188 Quote Inserts this quote:
37189 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37192 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
37194 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37204 \begin_layout Description
37206 \begin_inset space ~
37209 Quote Inserts this quote:
37210 \begin_inset Quotes els
37216 \begin_layout Description
37218 \begin_inset space ~
37221 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
37225 \begin_layout Description
37227 \begin_inset space ~
37230 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
37234 \begin_layout Description
37236 \begin_inset space ~
37239 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37243 \begin_layout Description
37245 \begin_inset space ~
37249 \begin_inset Index idx
37252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37259 \begin_inset Index idx
37262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37263 Language ! Phonetic symbols
37268 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
37269 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
37270 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
37275 \begin_inset Index idx
37278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37279 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
37285 \begin_inset Newline newline
37288 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
37292 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
37300 and this Wiki-page:
37301 \begin_inset Newline newline
37305 \begin_inset Flex URL
37308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37310 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
37318 \begin_layout Subsection
37322 \begin_layout Standard
37323 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
37326 \begin_layout Description
37327 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
37328 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
37334 \begin_layout Description
37335 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
37336 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
37342 \begin_layout Description
37344 \begin_inset space ~
37347 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
37348 \begin_inset space ~
37352 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37354 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
37361 \begin_layout Description
37363 \begin_inset space ~
37366 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
37367 \begin_inset space ~
37371 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37373 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
37380 \begin_layout Description
37382 \begin_inset space ~
37385 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
37386 \begin_inset space ~
37390 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37392 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
37399 \begin_layout Description
37401 \begin_inset space ~
37404 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
37405 \begin_inset space ~
37409 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37411 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
37418 \begin_layout Description
37420 \begin_inset space ~
37423 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
37424 \begin_inset space ~
37428 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37430 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
37437 \begin_layout Description
37439 \begin_inset space ~
37442 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
37443 \begin_inset space ~
37447 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37449 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
37456 \begin_layout Description
37458 \begin_inset space ~
37461 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
37462 \begin_inset space ~
37466 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37468 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
37475 \begin_layout Description
37477 \begin_inset space ~
37480 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
37481 \begin_inset space ~
37485 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37487 reference "sub:Ligatures"
37494 \begin_layout Description
37496 \begin_inset space ~
37500 \begin_inset space ~
37503 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
37504 \begin_inset space ~
37508 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37510 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
37517 \begin_layout Description
37519 \begin_inset space ~
37522 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
37523 text line to the page border, see section
37524 \begin_inset space ~
37528 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37530 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
37537 \begin_layout Description
37539 \begin_inset space ~
37542 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
37543 \begin_inset space ~
37547 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37549 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
37556 \begin_layout Description
37558 \begin_inset space ~
37561 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
37562 text page to the page border, described in section
37563 \begin_inset space ~
37567 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37569 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
37576 \begin_layout Description
37578 \begin_inset space ~
37581 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
37582 \begin_inset space ~
37586 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37588 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
37595 \begin_layout Description
37597 \begin_inset space ~
37601 \begin_inset space ~
37604 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
37605 \begin_inset space ~
37609 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37611 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
37618 \begin_layout Subsection
37622 \begin_layout Standard
37623 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
37624 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
37626 \begin_inset space ~
37630 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37632 reference "sec:toc"
37637 The index list is described in section
37638 \begin_inset space ~
37642 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37644 reference "sec:Index"
37648 , the nomenclature in section
37649 \begin_inset space ~
37653 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37655 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
37659 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
37660 \begin_inset space ~
37664 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37666 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
37673 \begin_layout Subsection
37677 \begin_layout Standard
37678 To insert floats, described in section
37679 \begin_inset space ~
37683 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37685 reference "sec:Floats"
37692 \begin_layout Subsection
37696 \begin_layout Standard
37697 To insert notes, described in section
37698 \begin_inset space ~
37702 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37704 reference "sec:Notes"
37711 \begin_layout Subsection
37715 \begin_layout Standard
37716 Inserts branch insets as described in section
37717 \begin_inset space ~
37721 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37723 reference "sec:Branches"
37730 \begin_layout Subsection
37734 \begin_layout Standard
37735 Inserts document class-specific insets.
37736 Such insets only exist when they are defined in the layout file for a certain
37738 An example is the document class
37739 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37743 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37746 with three custom insets.
37749 Flex insets and InsetLayout
37755 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
37758 \begin_layout Subsection
37760 \begin_inset Index idx
37763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37772 \begin_layout Standard
37773 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other LyX
37774 files in your document.
37775 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
37786 \begin_layout Subsection
37788 \begin_inset Index idx
37791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37800 \begin_layout Standard
37801 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
37802 \begin_inset space ~
37806 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37808 reference "sec:Minipages"
37813 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
37824 \begin_layout Subsection
37828 \begin_layout Standard
37829 Inserts a citation as described in section
37830 \begin_inset space ~
37834 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37836 reference "sec:Bibliography"
37843 \begin_layout Subsection
37847 \begin_layout Standard
37848 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
37849 \begin_inset space ~
37853 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37855 reference "sec:Cross-References"
37862 \begin_layout Subsection
37866 \begin_layout Standard
37867 Inserts a label as described in section
37868 \begin_inset space ~
37872 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37874 reference "sec:Cross-References"
37881 \begin_layout Subsection
37883 \begin_inset Index idx
37886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37893 \begin_inset Index idx
37896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37897 Longtables ! Caption
37905 \begin_layout Standard
37906 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
37907 Floats are described in section
37908 \begin_inset space ~
37912 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37914 reference "sec:Floats"
37918 , captions in longtables are described in the section
37929 \begin_layout Subsection
37933 \begin_layout Standard
37934 Inserts an index entry as described in section
37935 \begin_inset space ~
37939 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37941 reference "sec:Index"
37948 \begin_layout Subsection
37952 \begin_layout Standard
37953 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
37954 \begin_inset space ~
37958 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37960 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
37967 \begin_layout Subsection
37971 \begin_layout Standard
37973 Tables are described in section
37974 \begin_inset space ~
37978 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37980 reference "sec:Tables"
37987 \begin_layout Subsection
37991 \begin_layout Standard
37993 Graphics are described in section
37994 \begin_inset space ~
37998 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38000 reference "sec:Graphics"
38007 \begin_layout Subsection
38011 \begin_layout Standard
38012 Inserts an URL as described in section
38013 \begin_inset space ~
38017 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38019 reference "sub:URLs"
38026 \begin_layout Subsection
38030 \begin_layout Standard
38031 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
38032 \begin_inset space ~
38036 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38038 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
38045 \begin_layout Subsection
38049 \begin_layout Standard
38050 Inserts a footnote, see section
38051 \begin_inset space ~
38055 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38057 reference "sec:Footnotes"
38064 \begin_layout Subsection
38068 \begin_layout Standard
38069 Inserts a marginal note, see section
38070 \begin_inset space ~
38074 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38076 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
38083 \begin_layout Subsection
38087 \begin_layout Standard
38088 Inserts a short title, see section
38089 \begin_inset space ~
38093 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38095 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
38102 \begin_layout Subsection
38106 \begin_layout Standard
38107 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
38108 \begin_inset space ~
38112 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38114 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
38121 \begin_layout Subsection
38123 \begin_inset Index idx
38126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38135 \begin_layout Standard
38136 Inserts a program listings box.
38137 Program listings are explained in the chapter
38139 Program Code Listings
38148 \begin_layout Subsection
38152 \begin_layout Standard
38153 Inserts the actual date.
38154 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
38156 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
38168 \begin_layout Section
38170 \begin_inset Index idx
38173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38182 \begin_layout Standard
38183 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
38184 \begin_inset space ~
38187 of the current document.
38188 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
38191 \begin_layout Subsection
38195 \begin_layout Standard
38196 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
38197 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
38199 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38203 \begin_inset space \space{}
38207 \begin_inset space ~
38211 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
38212 \begin_inset space ~
38215 2.5 and use the menu
38218 \begin_inset space ~
38222 \begin_inset space ~
38229 \begin_inset space ~
38235 \begin_inset space ~
38239 \begin_inset space ~
38245 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
38249 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
38255 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
38261 \begin_layout Standard
38262 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
38263 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
38266 \begin_layout Subsection
38267 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
38270 \begin_layout Standard
38271 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
38275 \begin_layout Subsection
38279 \begin_layout Standard
38280 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
38281 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
38282 on a cross-reference box.
38285 \begin_layout Section
38287 \begin_inset Index idx
38290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38299 \begin_layout Subsection
38303 \begin_layout Standard
38304 Change Tracking is described in section
38305 \begin_inset space ~
38309 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38311 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
38318 \begin_layout Subsection
38323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38333 \begin_layout Standard
38334 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
38336 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
38339 \begin_layout Standard
38340 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
38345 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
38348 \begin_layout Subsection
38352 \begin_layout Standard
38353 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
38354 \begin_inset space ~
38358 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38360 reference "sec:Navigating"
38365 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38367 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
38374 \begin_layout Subsection
38375 Start Appendix Here
38378 \begin_layout Standard
38379 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
38380 position as described in section
38381 \begin_inset space ~
38385 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38387 reference "sec:Appendices"
38394 \begin_layout Subsection
38398 \begin_layout Standard
38399 Un/compresses the current document.
38402 \begin_layout Subsection
38406 \begin_layout Standard
38407 The document settings are described in appendix
38408 \begin_inset space ~
38412 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38414 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
38421 \begin_layout Section
38423 \begin_inset Index idx
38426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38435 \begin_layout Subsection
38439 \begin_layout Standard
38440 Spell checking is explained in section
38441 \begin_inset space ~
38445 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38447 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
38454 \begin_layout Subsection
38458 \begin_layout Standard
38459 The thesaurus is described in section
38460 \begin_inset space ~
38464 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38466 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
38473 \begin_layout Subsection
38475 \begin_inset Index idx
38478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38485 \begin_inset Index idx
38488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38497 \begin_layout Standard
38498 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
38499 highlighted document part.
38502 \begin_layout Subsection
38504 \begin_inset Index idx
38507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38516 \begin_layout Standard
38517 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
38520 \begin_layout Subsection
38522 \begin_inset Index idx
38525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38526 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
38530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38537 Reconfiguration of LyX
38541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38554 \begin_inset Index idx
38557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38558 Reconfiguration of LyX
38566 \begin_layout Standard
38567 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
38568 and needed programs it needs; see also section
38569 \begin_inset space ~
38573 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38575 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
38582 \begin_layout Subsection
38586 \begin_layout Standard
38587 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
38588 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38592 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38594 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
38601 \begin_layout Section
38603 \begin_inset Index idx
38606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38615 \begin_layout Standard
38616 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
38620 \begin_layout Standard
38624 \begin_inset space ~
38629 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
38630 found by LyX (see also section
38631 \begin_inset space ~
38635 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38637 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
38644 \begin_layout Section
38646 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38648 name "sec:Toolbars"
38655 \begin_layout Standard
38656 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
38657 \begin_inset space ~
38661 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38663 reference "sub:Toolbars"
38670 \begin_layout Standard
38671 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
38672 This is described in the
38674 Additional Features
38679 \begin_layout Subsection
38681 \begin_inset Index idx
38684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38693 \begin_layout Standard
38694 \begin_inset Graphics
38695 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
38703 \begin_layout Standard
38704 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38710 \begin_layout Standard
38711 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
38716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38728 \begin_inset Note Note
38731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38732 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
38737 manual for more information.
38745 \begin_layout Standard
38746 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38752 \begin_layout Standard
38753 \begin_inset Tabular
38754 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
38755 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
38756 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
38757 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
38759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38763 \begin_inset Graphics
38764 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
38774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38778 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
38791 \begin_layout Standard
38792 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
38798 \begin_layout Standard
38800 \begin_inset Tabular
38801 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
38802 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
38803 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38804 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38805 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38812 \begin_inset Graphics
38813 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
38815 groupId toolbarbuttons
38824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38830 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38837 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38842 \begin_inset Graphics
38843 filename ../images/file-open.png
38845 groupId toolbarbuttons
38854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38860 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38867 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38872 \begin_inset Graphics
38873 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
38875 groupId toolbarbuttons
38884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38890 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38897 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38902 \begin_inset Graphics
38903 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
38905 groupId toolbarbuttons
38914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38920 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38927 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38932 \begin_inset Graphics
38933 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
38935 groupId toolbarbuttons
38944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38950 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38957 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38962 \begin_inset Graphics
38963 filename ../images/undo.png
38965 groupId toolbarbuttons
38974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38980 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38987 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38992 \begin_inset Graphics
38993 filename ../images/redo.png
38995 groupId toolbarbuttons
39004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39010 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39017 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39022 \begin_inset Graphics
39023 filename ../images/cut.png
39025 groupId toolbarbuttons
39034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39040 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39047 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39052 \begin_inset Graphics
39053 filename ../images/copy.png
39055 groupId toolbarbuttons
39064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39070 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39077 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39082 \begin_inset Graphics
39083 filename ../images/paste.png
39085 groupId toolbarbuttons
39094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39100 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39107 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39112 \begin_inset Graphics
39113 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
39115 groupId toolbarbuttons
39124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39130 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39132 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39136 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39145 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39150 \begin_inset Graphics
39151 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
39153 groupId toolbarbuttons
39162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39168 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39169 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39176 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39181 \begin_inset Graphics
39182 filename ../images/font-emph.png
39184 groupId toolbarbuttons
39193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39197 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
39199 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
39201 \begin_inset space ~
39212 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39217 \begin_inset Graphics
39218 filename ../images/font-noun.png
39220 groupId toolbarbuttons
39229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39233 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
39235 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
39237 \begin_inset space ~
39248 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39253 \begin_inset Graphics
39254 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
39256 groupId toolbarbuttons
39265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39269 Formats text using the current settings in the
39271 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39273 \begin_inset space ~
39284 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39289 \begin_inset Graphics
39290 filename ../images/math-mode.png
39292 groupId toolbarbuttons
39301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39307 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39308 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39310 \begin_inset space ~
39319 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39324 \begin_inset Graphics
39325 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
39327 groupId toolbarbuttons
39336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39342 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39349 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39354 \begin_inset Graphics
39355 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
39357 groupId toolbarbuttons
39366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39372 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39379 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39384 \begin_inset Graphics
39385 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
39387 groupId toolbarbuttons
39396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39400 Toggle outline window on/off,
39402 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39409 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39414 \begin_inset Graphics
39415 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
39417 groupId toolbarbuttons
39426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39430 Toggle math toolbar on/off
39436 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39441 \begin_inset Graphics
39442 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
39444 groupId toolbarbuttons
39453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39457 Toggle table toolbar on/off
39470 \begin_layout Subsection
39472 \begin_inset Index idx
39475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39484 \begin_layout Standard
39485 \begin_inset Graphics
39486 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
39494 \begin_layout Standard
39495 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39501 \begin_layout Standard
39502 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
39506 \begin_layout Standard
39507 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39513 \begin_layout Standard
39514 \begin_inset Tabular
39515 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
39516 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
39517 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39518 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39519 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39524 \begin_inset Graphics
39525 filename ../images/layout.png
39527 groupId toolbarbuttons
39536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39546 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39551 \begin_inset Graphics
39552 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
39554 groupId toolbarbuttons
39563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39573 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39578 \begin_inset Graphics
39579 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
39581 groupId toolbarbuttons
39590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39600 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39605 \begin_inset Graphics
39606 filename ../images/layout_List.png
39608 groupId toolbarbuttons
39617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39627 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39632 \begin_inset Graphics
39633 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
39635 groupId toolbarbuttons
39644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39654 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39659 \begin_inset Graphics
39660 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
39662 groupId toolbarbuttons
39671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39677 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39679 \begin_inset space ~
39683 \begin_inset space ~
39692 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39697 \begin_inset Graphics
39698 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
39700 groupId toolbarbuttons
39709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39715 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39717 \begin_inset space ~
39721 \begin_inset space ~
39730 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39735 \begin_inset Graphics
39736 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
39738 groupId toolbarbuttons
39747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39753 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39754 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39761 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39766 \begin_inset Graphics
39767 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
39769 groupId toolbarbuttons
39778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39784 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39785 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39792 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39797 \begin_inset Graphics
39798 filename ../images/label-insert.png
39800 groupId toolbarbuttons
39809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39815 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39822 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39827 \begin_inset Graphics
39828 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
39830 groupId toolbarbuttons
39839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39845 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39852 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39857 \begin_inset Graphics
39858 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
39860 groupId toolbarbuttons
39869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39875 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39882 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39887 \begin_inset Graphics
39888 filename ../images/index-insert.png
39890 groupId toolbarbuttons
39899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39905 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39907 \begin_inset space ~
39916 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39921 \begin_inset Graphics
39922 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
39924 groupId toolbarbuttons
39933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39939 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39941 \begin_inset space ~
39950 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39955 \begin_inset Graphics
39956 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
39958 groupId toolbarbuttons
39967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39973 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39980 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39985 \begin_inset Graphics
39986 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
39988 groupId toolbarbuttons
39997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40003 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40005 \begin_inset space ~
40014 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40019 \begin_inset Graphics
40020 filename ../images/note-insert.png
40022 groupId toolbarbuttons
40031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40037 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40038 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40040 \begin_inset space ~
40049 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40054 \begin_inset Graphics
40055 filename ../images/box-insert.png
40057 groupId toolbarbuttons
40066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40072 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40079 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40084 \begin_inset Graphics
40085 filename ../images/url-insert.png
40087 groupId toolbarbuttons
40096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40102 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40109 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40114 \begin_inset Graphics
40115 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
40117 groupId toolbarbuttons
40126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40132 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40154 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40159 \begin_inset Graphics
40160 filename ../images/math-macro_newmacroname_newcommand.png
40162 groupId toolbarbuttons
40171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40177 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40178 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40185 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40190 \begin_inset Graphics
40191 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
40193 groupId toolbarbuttons
40202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40208 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40209 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40211 \begin_inset space ~
40220 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40225 \begin_inset Graphics
40226 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
40228 groupId toolbarbuttons
40237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40243 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40245 \begin_inset space ~
40254 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40259 \begin_inset Graphics
40260 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
40262 groupId toolbarbuttons
40271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40277 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40279 \begin_inset space ~
40288 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40293 \begin_inset Graphics
40294 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
40296 groupId toolbarbuttons
40305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40311 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40325 \begin_layout Subsection
40326 View / Update Toolbar
40327 \begin_inset Index idx
40330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40331 Toolbar ! View / Update
40339 \begin_layout Standard
40340 \begin_inset Graphics
40341 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
40348 \begin_layout Standard
40349 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
40355 \begin_layout Standard
40356 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
40360 \begin_layout Standard
40361 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
40367 \begin_layout Standard
40368 \begin_inset Tabular
40369 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
40370 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
40371 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
40372 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
40373 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40378 \begin_inset Graphics
40379 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
40381 groupId toolbarbuttons
40390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40396 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40403 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40408 \begin_inset Graphics
40409 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
40411 groupId toolbarbuttons
40420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40426 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40427 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40434 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40439 \begin_inset Graphics
40440 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
40442 groupId toolbarbuttons
40451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40457 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40464 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40469 \begin_inset Graphics
40470 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
40472 groupId toolbarbuttons
40481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40487 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40488 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40495 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40500 \begin_inset Graphics
40501 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
40503 groupId toolbarbuttons
40512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40518 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40525 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40530 \begin_inset Graphics
40531 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
40533 groupId toolbarbuttons
40542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40548 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40549 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40563 \begin_layout Subsection
40567 \begin_layout Standard
40568 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
40569 \begin_inset space ~
40573 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40575 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
40579 , the table toolbar
40580 \begin_inset Index idx
40583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40593 manual, the math macro toolbar
40594 \begin_inset Index idx
40597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40610 \begin_layout Chapter
40611 The Document Settings
40612 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40614 name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
40619 \begin_inset Index idx
40622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40623 Document ! Settings
40631 \begin_layout Standard
40632 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
40633 whole document and is called with the menu
40635 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40639 You can save your document settings as default with th
40641 e Save as Document Defaults
40643 button in the dialog.
40644 This will create a template name
40652 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
40656 \begin_layout Standard
40657 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
40660 \begin_layout Section
40664 \begin_layout Standard
40665 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
40667 Document classes are described in section
40668 \begin_inset space ~
40672 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40674 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
40679 Some classes use some class options by default.
40680 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
40684 and you can decide to use them or not.
40685 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
40686 recommended not to touch them.
40687 The graphics driver is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout
40693 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
40694 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
40699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40700 When you want one of the following drivers
40701 \begin_inset Newline newline
40704 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
40705 \begin_inset Newline newline
40708 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
40709 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40713 \begin_inset CommandInset href
40715 target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
40727 \begin_layout Standard
40728 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
40729 child or subdocument.
40730 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
40731 without its master.
40732 This way child documents are always compilable.
40733 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
40744 \begin_layout Section
40748 \begin_layout Standard
40749 This submenu is only visible when your document includes child documents.
40750 Please refer to the section
40758 manual for details.
40761 \begin_layout Section
40765 \begin_layout Standard
40766 Modules are explained in section
40767 \begin_inset space ~
40771 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40773 reference "sub:Modules"
40780 \begin_layout Section
40784 \begin_layout Standard
40785 The document font settings are described in section
40786 \begin_inset space ~
40790 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40792 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
40799 \begin_layout Section
40803 \begin_layout Standard
40804 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
40806 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
40810 \begin_layout Standard
40811 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
40812 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
40813 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
40816 \begin_layout Standard
40817 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
40825 \begin_layout Section
40829 \begin_layout Standard
40830 A description of this menu is given in section
40831 \begin_inset space ~
40835 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40837 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
40842 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40844 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
40851 \begin_layout Section
40855 \begin_layout Standard
40856 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
40857 \begin_inset space ~
40861 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40863 reference "sub:Margins"
40870 \begin_layout Section
40872 \begin_inset Index idx
40875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40876 Language ! Encoding
40884 \begin_layout Standard
40885 The document language and quote styles are set here.
40886 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
40887 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
40888 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
40889 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
40890 known for a particular character).
40894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40895 The known commands are defined in a text file.
40896 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
40901 manual for details.
40909 \begin_layout Standard
40910 If you use the option
40914 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
40915 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
40916 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
40917 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
40918 exactly one encoding.
40919 Checking this option is the preferred setting.
40922 \begin_layout Standard
40923 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
40924 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
40925 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
40926 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
40927 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
40928 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
40933 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
40934 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
40935 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
40936 The situation is much better with XeTeX and LuaTeX, two new alternative
40937 engines to standard LaTeX.
40938 Both engines support Unicode natively.
40939 LyX now also supports these two engines (via the output formats
40942 \begin_inset space ~
40949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40961 \begin_inset space ~
40968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40980 \begin_inset space ~
40986 \begin_inset space ~
40990 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40992 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
40996 ), so if the above options fail, you might try out one of these new engines.
40999 \begin_layout Standard
41000 Here is a list with the important encodings:
41003 \begin_layout Description
41005 \begin_inset space ~
41009 \begin_inset space ~
41013 \begin_inset space ~
41020 , but the LaTeX-package
41025 \begin_inset Index idx
41028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41029 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
41035 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
41036 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
41037 languages in TeX code.
41040 \begin_layout Description
41041 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
41042 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
41043 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
41046 \begin_layout Description
41048 \begin_inset space ~
41052 \begin_inset space ~
41055 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
41058 \begin_layout Description
41060 \begin_inset space ~
41064 \begin_inset space ~
41067 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
41070 \begin_layout Description
41072 \begin_inset space ~
41075 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
41078 \begin_layout Description
41080 \begin_inset space ~
41084 \begin_inset space ~
41087 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, the same
41088 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
41091 \begin_layout Description
41093 \begin_inset space ~
41097 \begin_inset space ~
41100 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
41104 \begin_layout Description
41106 \begin_inset space ~
41110 \begin_inset space ~
41113 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a subset of the
41114 ISO-8859-13 encoding
41117 \begin_layout Description
41119 \begin_inset space ~
41123 \begin_inset space ~
41127 \begin_inset space ~
41130 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
41131 \begin_inset space ~
41137 \begin_layout Description
41139 \begin_inset space ~
41143 \begin_inset space ~
41147 \begin_inset space ~
41150 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
41151 Romanian, Slovak and Slovenian
41154 \begin_layout Description
41156 \begin_inset space ~
41160 \begin_inset space ~
41163 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
41164 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
41165 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
41166 \begin_inset space ~
41170 \begin_inset space ~
41176 \begin_layout Description
41178 \begin_inset space ~
41182 \begin_inset space ~
41185 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
41186 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
41187 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
41188 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
41189 \begin_inset space ~
41193 \begin_inset space ~
41199 \begin_layout Description
41201 \begin_inset space ~
41205 \begin_inset space ~
41208 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
41211 \begin_layout Description
41213 \begin_inset space ~
41217 \begin_inset space ~
41220 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
41223 \begin_layout Description
41225 \begin_inset space ~
41229 \begin_inset space ~
41232 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian and Ukrainian
41235 \begin_layout Description
41237 \begin_inset space ~
41240 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
41243 \begin_layout Description
41245 \begin_inset space ~
41248 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
41251 \begin_layout Description
41253 \begin_inset space ~
41257 \begin_inset space ~
41260 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
41263 \begin_layout Description
41265 \begin_inset space ~
41269 \begin_inset space ~
41275 \begin_layout Description
41277 \begin_inset space ~
41281 \begin_inset space ~
41284 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
41287 \begin_layout Description
41289 \begin_inset space ~
41293 \begin_inset space ~
41299 \begin_layout Description
41301 \begin_inset space ~
41305 \begin_inset space ~
41308 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
41313 \begin_inset Index idx
41316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41317 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
41322 , when using this, set the document language to
41327 \begin_layout Description
41329 \begin_inset space ~
41333 \begin_inset space ~
41336 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
41340 , when using this, set the document language to
41343 \begin_inset space ~
41349 \begin_layout Description
41351 \begin_inset space ~
41355 \begin_inset space ~
41358 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
41363 \begin_inset Index idx
41366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41367 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
41372 , when using this, set the document language to
41377 \begin_layout Description
41379 \begin_inset space ~
41383 \begin_inset space ~
41386 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
41390 , when using this, set the document language to
41395 \begin_layout Description
41397 \begin_inset space ~
41401 \begin_inset space ~
41404 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
41408 , when using this, set the document language to
41413 \begin_layout Description
41415 \begin_inset space ~
41418 (EUC-KR) for Korean
41421 \begin_layout Description
41423 \begin_inset space ~
41427 \begin_inset space ~
41431 \begin_inset space ~
41434 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese and Turkish
41437 \begin_layout Description
41439 \begin_inset space ~
41443 \begin_inset space ~
41447 \begin_inset space ~
41450 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
41451 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian and Slovenian, is designed
41452 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
41455 \begin_layout Description
41457 \begin_inset space ~
41461 \begin_inset space ~
41467 \begin_layout Description
41469 \begin_inset space ~
41473 \begin_inset space ~
41476 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
41477 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
41480 \begin_layout Description
41482 \begin_inset space ~
41486 \begin_inset space ~
41489 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
41494 \begin_inset Index idx
41497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41498 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
41503 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
41506 \begin_layout Description
41508 \begin_inset space ~
41512 \begin_inset space ~
41515 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
41523 , which use Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
41528 LyX automatically selects this encoding if you export or preview XeTeX
41530 Normally you do not need to set this encoding manually.
41533 \begin_layout Description
41535 \begin_inset space ~
41539 \begin_inset space ~
41542 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
41547 \begin_inset Index idx
41550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41551 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
41556 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
41559 \begin_layout Description
41561 \begin_inset space ~
41564 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
41569 \begin_inset Index idx
41572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41573 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
41579 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
41583 \begin_layout Description
41585 \begin_inset space ~
41589 \begin_inset space ~
41593 \begin_inset space ~
41596 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
41597 \begin_inset space ~
41603 \begin_layout Description
41605 \begin_inset space ~
41609 \begin_inset space ~
41613 \begin_inset space ~
41616 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
41617 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
41618 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-15
41622 \begin_layout Description
41624 \begin_inset space ~
41628 \begin_inset space ~
41632 \begin_inset space ~
41635 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
41636 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
41639 \begin_layout Section
41643 \begin_layout Standard
41644 You can adjust here the numbering depth of section headings and the section
41645 depth in the table of contents as described in section
41646 \begin_inset space ~
41650 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41652 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
41659 \begin_layout Section
41663 \begin_layout Standard
41664 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX packages
41669 \begin_inset Index idx
41672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41673 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
41683 \begin_inset Index idx
41686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41687 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
41692 , you can enable subdivided bibliographies using the LaTeX package
41697 \begin_inset Index idx
41700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41701 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
41706 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
41708 For a further description see section
41709 \begin_inset space ~
41713 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41715 reference "sec:Bibliography"
41722 \begin_layout Section
41726 \begin_layout Standard
41727 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
41728 and you can define additional indexes.
41729 Please refer to section
41730 \begin_inset space ~
41734 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41736 reference "sec:Index"
41743 \begin_layout Section
41747 \begin_layout Standard
41748 The PDF properties are explained in section
41749 \begin_inset space ~
41753 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41755 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
41762 \begin_layout Section
41766 \begin_layout Standard
41767 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
41772 \begin_inset Index idx
41775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41776 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
41786 \begin_inset Index idx
41789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41790 LaTeX-packages ! esint
41795 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
41798 \begin_layout Standard
41803 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
41804 ensure that you have enabled AMS.
41807 \begin_layout Standard
41812 is used for special integral characters.
41815 \begin_layout Section
41819 \begin_layout Standard
41820 The float placement options are described in section
41821 \begin_inset space ~
41825 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41827 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
41834 \begin_layout Section
41838 \begin_layout Standard
41839 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
41840 The itemize environment is described in section
41841 \begin_inset space ~
41845 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41847 reference "sec:Itemize"
41854 \begin_layout Section
41858 \begin_layout Standard
41859 Branches are described in section
41860 \begin_inset space ~
41864 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41866 reference "sec:Branches"
41873 \begin_layout Section
41878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41888 \begin_layout Standard
41889 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
41890 to define LaTeX-commands.
41891 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
41892 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
41896 \begin_layout Standard
41897 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
41898 \begin_inset space ~
41902 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41904 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
41911 \begin_layout Chapter
41917 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41919 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
41924 \begin_inset Index idx
41927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41936 \begin_layout Standard
41937 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
41939 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41943 It has the following submenus.
41946 \begin_layout Section
41950 \begin_layout Subsection
41954 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41955 User Interface File
41956 \begin_inset Index idx
41959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41960 Customization ! of toolbars
41966 \begin_inset Index idx
41969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41970 Customization ! of menus
41978 \begin_layout Standard
41979 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41987 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
41996 \begin_layout Standard
41997 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
41998 interface (ui) file.
41999 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
42000 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
42009 Both files are loaded by the
42014 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
42015 files and edit the entries.
42018 \begin_layout Standard
42019 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
42031 entries must be ended with an explicit
42056 and in the case of the
42057 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42061 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42069 The syntax for the entries is:
42072 \begin_layout Standard
42073 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
42079 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42087 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42091 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42095 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42101 \begin_layout Standard
42103 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
42106 All LyX-functions are listed in the menu
42108 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42110 \begin_inset space ~
42118 \begin_layout Standard
42119 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
42125 \begin_layout Standard
42126 An example: Assuming you use the menu
42128 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42131 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
42135 \begin_layout Standard
42136 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
42142 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42146 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42150 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42154 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42160 \begin_layout Standard
42162 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
42165 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
42168 \begin_layout Subsubsection
42172 \begin_layout Standard
42175 Enable tool tips in main work area
42177 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
42181 \begin_layout Subsubsection
42185 \begin_layout Standard
42189 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42193 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42196 restoring of window layout and geometries
42198 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
42199 in the last LyX session.
42202 \begin_layout Standard
42205 Restore cursor positions
42207 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
42211 \begin_layout Standard
42214 Load opened files from last session
42216 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
42219 \begin_layout Subsubsection
42221 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42223 name "sub:Backup documents"
42228 \begin_inset Index idx
42231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42240 \begin_layout Standard
42245 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
42248 \begin_layout Standard
42253 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
42256 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42258 \begin_inset space ~
42266 \begin_layout Standard
42269 Open documents in tabs
42271 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
42275 \begin_layout Subsection
42277 \begin_inset Index idx
42280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42287 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42289 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
42296 \begin_layout Standard
42297 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
42300 \begin_layout Standard
42301 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
42304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42309 This section only deals with the fonts
42314 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
42317 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42318 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42329 \begin_layout Standard
42330 By default, LyX uses
42334 as roman (serif) font,
42342 (depends on the system) as
42345 \begin_inset space ~
42361 \begin_layout Standard
42362 You can change the font size with the
42367 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
42368 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
42371 \begin_layout Standard
42376 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
42377 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
42379 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42382 points have the size of 1
42383 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42387 \begin_inset space ~
42391 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42393 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
42400 \begin_layout Standard
42405 are the same as if a document font size of 10
42406 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42410 The sizes are explained in detail in section
42411 \begin_inset space ~
42415 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42417 reference "sub:Document-Font"
42424 \begin_layout Standard
42427 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
42429 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
42430 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
42431 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
42432 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
42434 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
42435 \begin_inset space ~
42441 \begin_layout Subsection
42443 \begin_inset Index idx
42446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42453 \begin_inset Index idx
42456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42465 \begin_layout Standard
42466 You can here change all the colors used by LyX.
42467 Choose an item in the list and use the
42474 \begin_layout Subsection
42476 \begin_inset Index idx
42479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42488 \begin_layout Standard
42489 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
42492 \begin_layout Standard
42497 enables previewing snippets of your document.
42498 This feature is described in section
42499 \begin_inset space ~
42503 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42505 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
42512 \begin_layout Standard
42516 \begin_inset space ~
42520 \begin_inset space ~
42524 \begin_inset space ~
42529 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
42532 \begin_layout Section
42534 \begin_inset Index idx
42537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42546 \begin_layout Subsection
42550 \begin_layout Subsubsection
42554 \begin_layout Standard
42557 Cursor follows scrollbar
42559 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
42563 \begin_layout Standard
42566 Sort environments alphabetically
42568 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
42571 \begin_layout Standard
42574 Group environments by their category
42576 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
42579 \begin_layout Standard
42580 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
42592 \begin_layout Subsubsection
42596 \begin_layout Standard
42597 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
42602 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
42603 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
42607 \begin_layout Subsection
42609 \begin_inset Index idx
42612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42619 \begin_inset Index idx
42622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42623 Settings ! Shortcuts
42631 \begin_layout Subsubsection
42635 \begin_layout Standard
42636 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
42637 Several binding files are available:
42640 \begin_layout Description
42641 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
42644 \begin_layout Description
42645 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
42656 \begin_layout Description
42657 mac.bind set of bindings for
42660 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42668 \begin_layout Standard
42669 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
42673 , and bind files for special languages.
42674 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
42675 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42679 \begin_inset space \space{}
42683 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42687 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42691 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
42695 \begin_layout Standard
42696 Some bind-files, like
42700 , have only a small scope.
42701 When looking at the end of the file
42705 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
42708 \begin_layout Subsubsection
42710 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42712 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
42717 \begin_inset Index idx
42720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42721 Key Bindings ! Editing
42729 \begin_layout Standard
42730 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
42731 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
42732 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
42735 Show key-bindings containing
42738 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
42739 Insert there for example as keyword
42740 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42744 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42747 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
42749 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42753 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42757 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
42758 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
42762 that you will find in the
42769 \begin_layout Standard
42771 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42775 \begin_inset space \space{}
42786 , select the function and press the
42791 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
42792 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
42793 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
42794 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
42795 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
42797 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
42799 The binding for the function
42803 is an example of this.
42806 \begin_layout Standard
42807 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
42809 The syntax of the entries is:
42812 \begin_layout Standard
42818 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42822 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42826 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42830 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42836 \begin_layout Subsection
42838 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42840 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
42845 \begin_inset Index idx
42848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42855 \begin_inset Index idx
42858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42859 Settings ! Keyboard Map
42867 \begin_layout Standard
42868 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
42869 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
42871 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42875 \begin_inset space \space{}
42878 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
42879 can use the keyboard map file named
42886 \begin_layout Standard
42887 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
42890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42895 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
42903 \begin_layout Standard
42904 Besides this, you can specify here the
42906 Wheel scrolling speed
42909 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
42913 \begin_layout Subsection
42915 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42917 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
42922 \begin_inset Index idx
42925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42934 \begin_layout Standard
42935 Input completion is described in sec.
42936 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42940 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42942 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
42947 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
42949 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
42950 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
42954 \begin_layout Section
42956 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42963 \begin_inset Index idx
42966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42973 \begin_inset Index idx
42976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42985 \begin_layout Description
42987 \begin_inset space ~
42990 directory This is LyX's working directory.
42991 It is the default when you
43002 \begin_inset space ~
43010 \begin_layout Description
43012 \begin_inset space ~
43015 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
43017 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43019 \begin_inset space ~
43023 \begin_inset space ~
43031 \begin_layout Description
43033 \begin_inset space ~
43036 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
43042 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43046 \begin_inset Newline newline
43050 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
43053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43062 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
43070 \begin_layout Description
43072 \begin_inset space ~
43076 \begin_inset Index idx
43079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43085 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
43086 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
43087 \begin_inset space ~
43091 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43093 reference "sub:Backup documents"
43101 will be used to save the backups.
43102 \begin_inset Newline newline
43105 The backup files have the ending
43106 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43110 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43116 \begin_layout Description
43121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43128 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
43129 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
43130 \begin_inset Newline newline
43134 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
43137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43142 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
43150 \begin_layout Description
43152 \begin_inset space ~
43155 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
43158 \begin_layout Description
43160 \begin_inset space ~
43163 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
43164 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
43165 to find it on the system.
43166 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
43167 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
43169 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43173 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43176 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
43177 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
43181 \begin_layout Section
43185 \begin_layout Standard
43186 Here you can insert your name and email address.
43187 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
43189 \begin_inset space ~
43193 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43195 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
43199 , to mark changes you make as yours.
43202 \begin_layout Section
43204 \begin_inset Index idx
43207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43208 Language ! Settings
43214 \begin_inset Index idx
43217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43218 Settings ! Language
43226 \begin_layout Subsection
43230 \begin_layout Description
43232 \begin_inset space ~
43236 \begin_inset space ~
43239 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
43240 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
43241 It works on Linux for the languages into LyX's menus and dialogs are translated.
43242 You find the actual translation status here:
43243 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43245 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
43246 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
43253 \begin_layout Description
43255 \begin_inset space ~
43258 language is the language used in new documents
43261 \begin_layout Description
43263 \begin_inset space ~
43266 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
43268 The default is the LaTeX-command
43274 that loads the package
43282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43283 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
43284 \begin_inset space ~
43288 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43290 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
43300 \begin_inset Newline newline
43307 automatically translates in the background the text labels of documents
43308 to the document language.
43309 A text label is, for instance, the word
43310 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43314 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43317 at the beginning of every table caption.
43320 \begin_layout Description
43322 \begin_inset space ~
43325 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
43326 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
43327 An example is the start command
43333 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
43338 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
43353 selectlanguage{$$lang}
43358 \begin_layout Description
43360 \begin_inset space ~
43368 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
43369 command toggles the package on and off.
43372 \begin_layout Description
43374 \begin_inset space ~
43384 \begin_layout Description
43385 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
43386 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
43387 used by all LaTeX-packages.
43388 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
43395 \begin_layout Description
43397 \begin_inset space ~
43400 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
43402 When this option is not set, the
43405 \begin_inset space ~
43410 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
43411 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
43414 \begin_inset space ~
43422 \begin_layout Description
43424 \begin_inset space ~
43430 \begin_inset space ~
43436 When it is not set, the
43439 \begin_inset space ~
43444 is set to the end of the document.
43447 \begin_layout Description
43449 \begin_inset space ~
43453 \begin_inset space ~
43456 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
43457 language will be underlined blue.
43460 \begin_layout Description
43462 \begin_inset space ~
43466 \begin_inset space ~
43469 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
43470 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
43473 \begin_layout Description
43475 \begin_inset space ~
43478 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
43479 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
43480 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
43481 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
43484 \begin_layout Subsection
43488 \begin_layout Standard
43489 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
43490 \begin_inset space ~
43494 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43496 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
43503 \begin_layout Section
43507 \begin_layout Subsection
43509 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43516 \begin_inset Index idx
43519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43526 \begin_inset Index idx
43529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43538 \begin_layout Description
43540 \begin_inset space ~
43543 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
43544 The name will be used when the
43549 \begin_inset Newline newline
43553 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
43556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43561 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
43569 \begin_layout Description
43571 \begin_inset space ~
43575 \begin_inset space ~
43579 \begin_inset space ~
43582 printer This option works only for the
43587 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43595 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43599 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
43600 This is an option only for dvips experts.
43603 \begin_layout Description
43605 \begin_inset space ~
43608 command is the command LyX
43609 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43613 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43616 LaTeX uses for printing.
43617 The default is on most systems
43624 \begin_layout Description
43626 \begin_inset space ~
43630 \begin_inset space ~
43633 Options Here you can specify printer options.
43634 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
43635 of the program that provides the
43642 \begin_layout Subsection
43644 \begin_inset Index idx
43647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43654 \begin_inset Index idx
43657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43658 Settings ! Date format
43666 \begin_layout Standard
43667 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
43668 \begin_inset Newline newline
43672 \begin_inset Flex URL
43675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43677 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
43683 \begin_inset Newline newline
43686 For example the format
43687 \begin_inset Newline newline
43691 \begin_inset Newline newline
43694 prints the date as day/month/year.
43697 \begin_layout Subsection
43701 \begin_layout Description
43703 \begin_inset space ~
43707 \begin_inset space ~
43710 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
43713 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43714 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43716 \begin_inset space ~
43722 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
43726 \begin_layout Description
43728 \begin_inset space ~
43731 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
43736 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
43737 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
43740 \begin_layout Subsection
43745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43753 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43755 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
43760 \begin_inset Index idx
43763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43772 \begin_layout Description
43774 \begin_inset space ~
43781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43789 \begin_inset space ~
43793 \begin_inset space ~
43796 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
43801 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
43823 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
43824 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43832 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43836 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
43837 LyX sets up in the background.
43838 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
43841 \begin_layout Description
43843 \begin_inset space ~
43847 \begin_inset space ~
43850 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
43855 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
43858 \begin_layout Standard
43859 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
43860 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
43861 manuals of the applications.
43862 Currently the following commands can be set:
43865 \begin_layout Description
43870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43878 \begin_inset space ~
43881 command Command for the program
43885 that is described in the section
43891 Additional Features
43896 \begin_layout Description
43901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43909 \begin_inset space ~
43912 command Command for the program
43916 that generates the bibliography, see section
43917 \begin_inset space ~
43921 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43923 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
43930 \begin_layout Description
43932 \begin_inset space ~
43935 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
43936 \begin_inset space ~
43940 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43942 reference "sub:Index-Program"
43949 \begin_layout Description
43951 \begin_inset space ~
43954 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
43955 \begin_inset space ~
43959 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43961 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
43968 \begin_layout Description
43970 \begin_inset space ~
43974 \begin_inset space ~
43978 \begin_inset space ~
43982 \begin_inset space ~
43985 options They only have an effect when the program
43989 is used as DVI-viewer.
43992 \begin_layout Standard
43993 There are additionally the following options:
43996 \begin_layout Description
43998 \begin_inset space ~
44002 \begin_inset space ~
44006 \begin_inset space ~
44010 \begin_inset space ~
44014 \begin_inset space ~
44017 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
44018 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44024 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44028 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44032 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44035 to separate folders.
44036 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
44037 \begin_inset Index idx
44040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44047 \begin_inset Index idx
44050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44059 \begin_layout Description
44061 \begin_inset space ~
44065 \begin_inset space ~
44069 \begin_inset space ~
44073 \begin_inset space ~
44077 \begin_inset space ~
44081 \begin_inset space ~
44084 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
44086 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44089 dialog when changing the document class.
44092 \begin_layout Section
44094 \begin_inset space ~
44098 \begin_inset Index idx
44101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44110 \begin_layout Subsection
44112 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44114 name "sub:Converters"
44119 \begin_inset Index idx
44122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44131 \begin_layout Standard
44132 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
44133 from one format to another.
44134 You can modify them or create new ones.
44135 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
44142 \begin_inset space ~
44152 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
44156 \begin_inset space ~
44161 drop-down list, modify the
44165 field, and press the
44172 \begin_layout Standard
44175 Converter File Cache
44177 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
44180 Maximum Age (in days
44183 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
44184 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
44187 \begin_layout Standard
44188 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
44189 the converter definition, is described in the section
44200 \begin_layout Subsection
44202 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44204 name "sec:File-Formats"
44209 \begin_inset Index idx
44212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44219 \begin_inset Index idx
44222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44231 \begin_layout Standard
44232 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
44233 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
44237 \begin_layout Standard
44238 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
44239 is described in the section
44250 \begin_layout Standard
44251 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
44252 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
44253 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
44254 This is done by specifying a
44259 More about this is described in the section
44270 \begin_layout Chapter
44271 Units available in LyX
44272 \begin_inset Index idx
44275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44282 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44284 name "cha:Units-available-in"
44291 \begin_layout Standard
44292 To understand the units described in this documentation,
44293 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44295 reference "cap:Units"
44299 explains all units available in LyX.
44302 \begin_layout Standard
44303 \begin_inset Float table
44309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44310 \begin_inset Caption
44312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44313 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44328 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
44334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44336 \begin_inset Tabular
44337 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
44338 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
44339 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
44340 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
44342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44436 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44440 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44464 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44468 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44491 scaled point (65536
44492 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44496 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44520 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44524 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44548 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44552 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
44556 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44580 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44584 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44607 % of original image width
44614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
44785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
44794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44796 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44800 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44821 \begin_layout Chapter
44823 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44832 \begin_layout Standard
44833 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
44834 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
44837 \begin_layout Itemize
44840 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
44843 \begin_layout Itemize
44849 \begin_layout Itemize
44855 \begin_layout Itemize
44861 \begin_layout Itemize
44867 \begin_layout Itemize
44873 \begin_layout Itemize
44879 \begin_layout Itemize
44885 \begin_layout Itemize
44888 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
44891 \begin_layout Itemize
44897 \begin_layout Itemize
44903 \begin_layout Itemize
44909 \begin_layout Itemize
44915 \begin_layout Itemize
44921 \begin_layout Itemize
44927 \begin_layout Itemize
44933 \begin_layout Itemize
44939 \begin_layout Itemize
44941 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
44950 \begin_layout Standard
44951 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
44954 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
44961 \begin_layout Bibliography
44962 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44963 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44964 LatexCommand bibitem
44971 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44974 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
44979 \begin_inset Newline newline
44983 \begin_inset Flex URL
44986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44988 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
44996 \begin_layout Bibliography
44997 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44998 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44999 LatexCommand bibitem
45000 key "latexcompanion"
45004 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
45006 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
45009 Addison-Wesley, 2004
45012 \begin_layout Bibliography
45013 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45014 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45015 LatexCommand bibitem
45020 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
45023 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
45026 Addison-Wesley, 2003
45029 \begin_layout Bibliography
45030 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45031 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45032 LatexCommand bibitem
45039 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
45042 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
45045 \begin_layout Bibliography
45046 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45047 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45048 LatexCommand bibitem
45060 Addison-Wesley, 1984
45063 \begin_layout Bibliography
45064 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45065 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45066 LatexCommand bibitem
45072 \begin_inset Newline newline
45076 \begin_inset Flex URL
45079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45081 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
45089 \begin_layout Bibliography
45090 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45091 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45092 LatexCommand bibitem
45098 \begin_inset Newline newline
45102 \begin_inset Flex URL
45105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45107 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
45115 \begin_layout Bibliography
45116 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45117 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45118 LatexCommand bibitem
45124 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45126 name "Documentation"
45127 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
45136 \begin_inset Newline newline
45140 \begin_inset Flex URL
45143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45145 http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
45153 \begin_layout Bibliography
45154 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45155 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45156 LatexCommand bibitem
45162 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45164 name "Documentation"
45165 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
45169 how to use the program
45174 \begin_inset Newline newline
45178 \begin_inset Flex URL
45181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45183 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
45191 \begin_layout Bibliography
45192 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45193 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45194 LatexCommand bibitem
45200 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45202 name "Documentation"
45203 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
45212 \begin_inset Newline newline
45216 \begin_inset Flex URL
45219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45221 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
45229 \begin_layout Bibliography
45230 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45231 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45232 LatexCommand bibitem
45238 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45240 name "Documentation"
45241 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
45250 \begin_inset Newline newline
45254 \begin_inset Flex URL
45257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45259 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
45267 \begin_layout Bibliography
45268 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45269 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45270 LatexCommand bibitem
45276 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45278 name "Documentation"
45279 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
45283 of the LaTeX-package
45288 \begin_inset Index idx
45291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45292 LaTeX-packages ! caption
45298 \begin_inset Newline newline
45302 \begin_inset Flex URL
45305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45307 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
45315 \begin_layout Bibliography
45316 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45317 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45318 LatexCommand bibitem
45324 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45326 name "Documentation"
45327 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
45331 of the LaTeX-package
45336 \begin_inset Index idx
45339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45340 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
45346 \begin_inset Newline newline
45350 \begin_inset Flex URL
45353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45355 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
45363 \begin_layout Bibliography
45364 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45365 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45366 LatexCommand bibitem
45374 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45376 name "Documentation"
45377 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
45383 of the LaTeX-package
45388 \begin_inset Index idx
45391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45392 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
45398 \begin_inset Newline newline
45402 \begin_inset Flex URL
45405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45407 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
45415 \begin_layout Bibliography
45416 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45417 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45418 LatexCommand bibitem
45424 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45426 name "Documentation"
45427 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
45431 of the LaTeX-package
45436 \begin_inset Index idx
45439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45440 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
45446 \begin_inset Newline newline
45450 \begin_inset Flex URL
45453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45455 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
45463 \begin_layout Bibliography
45464 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45465 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45466 LatexCommand bibitem
45472 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45474 name "Documentation"
45475 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
45479 of the LaTeX-package
45484 \begin_inset Index idx
45487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45488 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
45494 \begin_inset Newline newline
45498 \begin_inset Flex URL
45501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45503 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
45511 \begin_layout Bibliography
45512 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45513 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45514 LatexCommand bibitem
45520 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45522 name "Documentation"
45523 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
45527 of the LaTeX-package
45532 \begin_inset Index idx
45535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45536 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
45542 \begin_inset Newline newline
45546 \begin_inset Flex URL
45549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45551 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
45559 \begin_layout Bibliography
45560 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45561 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45562 LatexCommand bibitem
45568 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45571 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
45575 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
45576 \begin_inset Newline newline
45580 \begin_inset Flex URL
45583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45585 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
45593 \begin_layout Bibliography
45594 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45595 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45596 LatexCommand bibitem
45602 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45605 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
45609 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
45610 \begin_inset Newline newline
45614 \begin_inset Flex URL
45617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45619 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
45627 \begin_layout Bibliography
45628 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45629 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45630 LatexCommand bibitem
45636 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45639 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
45643 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
45644 \begin_inset Newline newline
45648 \begin_inset Flex URL
45651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45653 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
45661 \begin_layout Bibliography
45662 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45663 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45664 LatexCommand bibitem
45670 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45673 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
45677 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
45678 \begin_inset Newline newline
45682 \begin_inset Flex URL
45685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45687 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
45695 \begin_layout Bibliography
45696 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45697 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45698 LatexCommand bibitem
45704 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45707 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
45711 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
45712 \begin_inset Newline newline
45716 \begin_inset Flex URL
45719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45721 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
45729 \begin_layout Bibliography
45730 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45731 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45732 LatexCommand bibitem
45738 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45741 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
45745 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
45746 \begin_inset Newline newline
45750 \begin_inset Flex URL
45753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45755 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
45763 \begin_layout Bibliography
45764 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45765 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45766 LatexCommand bibitem
45772 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45775 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
45779 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
45780 \begin_inset Newline newline
45784 \begin_inset Flex URL
45787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45789 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
45797 \begin_layout Bibliography
45798 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45799 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45800 LatexCommand bibitem
45806 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45809 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
45813 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
45814 \begin_inset Newline newline
45818 \begin_inset Flex URL
45821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45823 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
45831 \begin_layout Bibliography
45832 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45833 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45834 LatexCommand bibitem
45840 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45843 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
45847 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
45848 \begin_inset Newline newline
45852 \begin_inset Flex URL
45855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45857 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
45865 \begin_layout Bibliography
45866 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45867 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45868 LatexCommand bibitem
45874 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45877 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20"
45881 about new features in
45886 \begin_inset Newline newline
45890 \begin_inset Flex URL
45893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45895 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20
45903 \begin_layout Standard
45904 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
45911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45938 \begin_inset Note Note
45941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45948 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
45949 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
45950 bibliography is the second one:
45958 \begin_layout Standard
45959 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
45960 LatexCommand bibtex
45961 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
45962 options "biblio/alphadin"
45969 \begin_layout Standard
45970 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
45973 \begin_layout Standard
45974 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
45975 LatexCommand printnomenclature
45981 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
45982 LatexCommand printindex